[debian-edu-commits] debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git (#335) - wheezy (branch) updated: 0.9.20071124-10-g93eb1a6
David Prévot
taffit at alioth.debian.org
Sat Oct 5 12:16:17 UTC 2013
The branch, wheezy has been updated
via 93eb1a6964592c7f7e64fb0a88acdca06ea22ff9 (commit)
from d5010975c416cf03033b841d5a79cde9a45fb766 (commit)
Those revisions listed above that are new to this repository have
not appeared on any other notification email; so we list those
revisions in full, below.
- Log -----------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary of changes:
debian/changelog | 7 +-
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po | 1325 +++++++++----------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po | 1295 +++++++++----------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po | 1342 ++++++++++----------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po | 1405 +++++++++++----------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot | 1269 ++++++++++---------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml | 31 +-
7 files changed, 3418 insertions(+), 3256 deletions(-)
The diff of changes is:
diff --git a/debian/changelog b/debian/changelog
index dc0ef24..0ed7822 100644
--- a/debian/changelog
+++ b/debian/changelog
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
-debian-edu-doc (0.9.20071126) unstable; urgency=low
+debian-edu-doc (0.9.20071127) unstable; urgency=low
- * release-manual:
+ * release-manual:
* updated source from the wiki (describes a workaround for
#1270)
* add localized german images for the installation chapter
+ * updated German and Bokmål translations, thanks to Jürgen and Håvard
- -- Holger Levsen <holger at debian.org> Mon, 26 Nov 2007 19:13:16 +0100
+ -- Holger Levsen <holger at debian.org> Tue, 27 Nov 2007 13:19:42 +0100
debian-edu-doc (0.9.20071124) unstable; urgency=low
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
index 9060538..5554409 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-26 17:07+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-27 13:22+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-26 17:47+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jürgen Leibner <juergen.leibner at t-online.de>\n"
"Language-Team: <de at li.org>\n"
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2269
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2292
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Anleitung zum Release von Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
@@ -44,9 +44,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-26</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-27</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Dieses Dokument wurde am <computeroutput>2007-11-26</computeroutput> in das "
"Paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> gepackt."
@@ -522,7 +523,12 @@ msgid ""
"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they "
"belong to, this will be achieved by using quota and access control for "
"printers."
-msgstr "Drucker können entweder an das Netzwerk, an einen Server, eine Arbeitsstation oder einen Thin-Client-Server angeschlossen werden. Zugriff auf Drucker kann für bestimmte Benutzer entsprechend ihrer Gruppenzugehörigkeit kontrolliert werden. Dies wird durch die Benutzung von Mengenbegrenzungen und Zugriffskontrollisten für Drucker erreicht."
+msgstr ""
+"Drucker können entweder an das Netzwerk, an einen Server, eine "
+"Arbeitsstation oder einen Thin-Client-Server angeschlossen werden. Zugriff "
+"auf Drucker kann für bestimmte Benutzer entsprechend ihrer "
+"Gruppenzugehörigkeit kontrolliert werden. Dies wird durch die Benutzung von "
+"Mengenbegrenzungen und Zugriffskontrollisten für Drucker erreicht."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:110
@@ -705,7 +711,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:166
-msgid "- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
+msgid ""
+"- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
@@ -1128,8 +1135,8 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1369 release-manual.xml:2018
-#: release-manual.xml:2053 release-manual.xml:2133
+#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1383 release-manual.xml:2041
+#: release-manual.xml:2076 release-manual.xml:2156
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1540,7 +1547,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:492
-msgid "say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
+msgid ""
+"say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
@@ -1571,7 +1579,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:506
-msgid "FIXME: this section needs a link to diskless workstation installation howto."
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: this section needs a link to diskless workstation installation howto."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
@@ -1615,132 +1624,157 @@ msgid ""
"but there is currently no howto available for this."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:527
+msgid "A note on DVD installs"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:529
+msgid ""
+"If you install from a DVD <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
+"computeroutput> will only contain sources from the DVD. If you have an "
+"internet connection we strongly suggest to add the following lines to it, so "
+"that available (security) updates can be installed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:533
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ etch main \n"
+"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main \n"
+"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:528
-msgid "Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
+#: release-manual.xml:542
+msgid ""
+"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:531
+#: release-manual.xml:545
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:537
+#: release-manual.xml:551
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:543
+#: release-manual.xml:557
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:549
+#: release-manual.xml:563
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:555
+#: release-manual.xml:569
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:561
+#: release-manual.xml:575
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:567
+#: release-manual.xml:581
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:573
# doesnt need to be translated, german installation doesnt have a timezone
+#: release-manual.xml:587
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr " "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:579
+#: release-manual.xml:593
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:585
+#: release-manual.xml:599
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:591
+#: release-manual.xml:605
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:597
+#: release-manual.xml:611
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:603
+#: release-manual.xml:617
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:609
+#: release-manual.xml:623
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:614
+#: release-manual.xml:628
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:617
+#: release-manual.xml:631
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:626
+#: release-manual.xml:640
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:628
+#: release-manual.xml:642
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:629
+#: release-manual.xml:643
msgid ""
"adding workstations to host netgroups (for exporting home-directories via "
"NFS)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:630
+#: release-manual.xml:644
msgid "adding users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:631
+#: release-manual.xml:645
msgid ""
"it's advised to add the workstations to the dhcpd-config - LTSP-servers must "
"be added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:634
+#: release-manual.xml:648
msgid "This is described below."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:636
+#: release-manual.xml:650
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter describes more tips and "
"tricks and frequently asked questions, while this chapter describes the "
@@ -1748,30 +1782,30 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:639
+#: release-manual.xml:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:getting_started.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:646
+#: release-manual.xml:660
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:648
+#: release-manual.xml:662
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:652
+#: release-manual.xml:666
msgid "Web based management, using lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:654
+#: release-manual.xml:668
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -1779,31 +1813,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:655
+#: release-manual.xml:669
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Administration"
msgstr "Administration"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:656
+#: release-manual.xml:670
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group Administration"
msgstr "Administration"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:657
+#: release-manual.xml:671
#, fuzzy
msgid "Automount informations"
msgstr "Wo sie weiter Informationen finden können"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:658
+#: release-manual.xml:672
#, fuzzy
msgid "Machine Administration"
msgstr "Administration"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:661
+#: release-manual.xml:675
msgid ""
"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error message, because of "
@@ -1811,24 +1845,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:663
+#: release-manual.xml:677
msgid "the certificate is self-signed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:664
+#: release-manual.xml:678
msgid "The certificate is generated for tjener.intern"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:665
+#: release-manual.xml:679
msgid ""
"you may also get an error if the installation is more than one month old, "
"since the certificate is only valid for one month."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:668
+#: release-manual.xml:682
msgid ""
"When you have neglected the warnings (or fixed them...), you will see the "
"page below with the menu fixed to the left part and the varying main part on "
@@ -1838,37 +1872,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:669
+#: release-manual.xml:683
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:671
+#: release-manual.xml:685
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:674
+#: release-manual.xml:688
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:679
+#: release-manual.xml:693
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:684
+#: release-manual.xml:698
msgid "User Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:686
+#: release-manual.xml:700
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -1878,14 +1912,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:688
+#: release-manual.xml:702
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:690
+#: release-manual.xml:704
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -1893,12 +1927,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:694
+#: release-manual.xml:708
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:696
+#: release-manual.xml:710
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -1912,87 +1946,87 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:698
+#: release-manual.xml:712
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>role </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:702
+#: release-manual.xml:716
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>granted privileges </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:707
+#: release-manual.xml:721
msgid "Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:710
+#: release-manual.xml:724
msgid "Login and use the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:714
+#: release-manual.xml:728
msgid "Teachers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:717
+#: release-manual.xml:731
msgid "Same as Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:721
+#: release-manual.xml:735
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:724
+#: release-manual.xml:738
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:728
+#: release-manual.xml:742
msgid "Admins"
msgstr "Administratoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:731
+#: release-manual.xml:745
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
"machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:738
+#: release-manual.xml:752
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:740
+#: release-manual.xml:754
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:743
+#: release-manual.xml:757
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:748
+#: release-manual.xml:762
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:751
+#: release-manual.xml:765
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -2002,12 +2036,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:759
+#: release-manual.xml:773
msgid "Search and delete Users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:761
+#: release-manual.xml:775
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -2019,12 +2053,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:764
+#: release-manual.xml:778
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:769
+#: release-manual.xml:783
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -2032,17 +2066,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:772
+#: release-manual.xml:786
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:781
+#: release-manual.xml:795
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:783
+#: release-manual.xml:797
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -2051,19 +2085,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:785
+#: release-manual.xml:799
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:790
+#: release-manual.xml:804
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:792
+#: release-manual.xml:806
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -2074,81 +2108,81 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:794
+#: release-manual.xml:808
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:796
+#: release-manual.xml:810
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>First address </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:800
+#: release-manual.xml:814
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Last address </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:804
+#: release-manual.xml:818
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>hostname </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:809
+#: release-manual.xml:823
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:812
+#: release-manual.xml:826
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:815
+#: release-manual.xml:829
msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:821
+#: release-manual.xml:835
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:824
+#: release-manual.xml:838
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:827
+#: release-manual.xml:841
msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:833
+#: release-manual.xml:847
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:836
+#: release-manual.xml:850
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:839
+#: release-manual.xml:853
msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:848
+#: release-manual.xml:862
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:850
+#: release-manual.xml:864
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -2157,19 +2191,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:853
+#: release-manual.xml:867
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:859 release-manual.xml:892 release-manual.xml:986
-#: release-manual.xml:1555 release-manual.xml:1566 release-manual.xml:1671
-#: release-manual.xml:1971 release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:2000
+#: release-manual.xml:873 release-manual.xml:906 release-manual.xml:1000
+#: release-manual.xml:1578 release-manual.xml:1589 release-manual.xml:1694
+#: release-manual.xml:1994 release-manual.xml:2008 release-manual.xml:2023
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:862
+#: release-manual.xml:876
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -2177,12 +2211,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:866
+#: release-manual.xml:880
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:868
+#: release-manual.xml:882
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -2191,7 +2225,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:872
+#: release-manual.xml:886
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -2199,7 +2233,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:876
+#: release-manual.xml:890
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2210,14 +2244,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:882
+#: release-manual.xml:896
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:885
+#: release-manual.xml:899
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2228,19 +2262,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:895
+#: release-manual.xml:909
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:900
+#: release-manual.xml:914
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:902
+#: release-manual.xml:916
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url='http://bzz.no/"
@@ -2248,12 +2282,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:910
+#: release-manual.xml:924
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:912
+#: release-manual.xml:926
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://"
"www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site "
@@ -2263,7 +2297,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:915
+#: release-manual.xml:929
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -2271,12 +2305,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:921
+#: release-manual.xml:935
msgid "Clock synchronization"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:923
+#: release-manual.xml:937
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -2288,7 +2322,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:925
+#: release-manual.xml:939
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -2300,12 +2334,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:933
+#: release-manual.xml:947
msgid "Extend full partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:935
+#: release-manual.xml:949
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
@@ -2315,24 +2349,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:943
+#: release-manual.xml:957
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:947
+#: release-manual.xml:961
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:949
+#: release-manual.xml:963
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:952
+#: release-manual.xml:966
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -2342,14 +2376,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:957
+#: release-manual.xml:971
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:959
+#: release-manual.xml:973
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -2357,7 +2391,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:963
+#: release-manual.xml:977
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -2366,19 +2400,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:967
+#: release-manual.xml:981
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:973
+#: release-manual.xml:987
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:975
+#: release-manual.xml:989
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
@@ -2387,7 +2421,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:978
+#: release-manual.xml:992
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to /"
@@ -2396,21 +2430,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:982
+#: release-manual.xml:996
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:989
+#: release-manual.xml:1003
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:991
+#: release-manual.xml:1005
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit. "
@@ -2419,17 +2453,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:996
+#: release-manual.xml:1010
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1000
+#: release-manual.xml:1014
msgid "Munin"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1002
+#: release-manual.xml:1016
msgid ""
"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
"munin/'>https://www/munin/ </ulink>. It provides system status measurement "
@@ -2439,7 +2473,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1005
+#: release-manual.xml:1019
msgid ""
"The list of machines being monitored using munin is generated automatically "
"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the "
@@ -2453,26 +2487,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1009
+#: release-manual.xml:1023
msgid ""
"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url='http://"
"munin.projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> ."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1015
+#: release-manual.xml:1029
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1017
+#: release-manual.xml:1031
msgid ""
"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url='https://"
"www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1020
+#: release-manual.xml:1034
msgid ""
"The username is nagiosadmin and the password is undefined, you must set your "
"own password before you can login and use nagios. For security reasons, "
@@ -2481,7 +2515,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: release-manual.xml:1037
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"htpasswd /etc/nagios2/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin\n"
@@ -2489,7 +2523,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1026
+#: release-manual.xml:1040
msgid ""
"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
@@ -2499,7 +2533,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1032
+#: release-manual.xml:1046
msgid ""
"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url='http://www."
"nagios.org/'>http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
@@ -2507,19 +2541,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1039
+#: release-manual.xml:1053
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1041
+#: release-manual.xml:1055
msgid ""
"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
"sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1044
+#: release-manual.xml:1058
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
@@ -2527,12 +2561,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1052
+#: release-manual.xml:1066
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1054
+#: release-manual.xml:1068
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/"
@@ -2542,7 +2576,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1057
+#: release-manual.xml:1071
msgid ""
"More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -2550,7 +2584,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1060
+#: release-manual.xml:1074
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -2559,7 +2593,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1062
+#: release-manual.xml:1076
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
"weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
@@ -2570,17 +2604,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1067
+#: release-manual.xml:1081
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1069
-msgid "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
+#: release-manual.xml:1083
+msgid ""
+"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1071
+#: release-manual.xml:1085
msgid ""
"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian."
"org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
@@ -2592,12 +2627,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1078
+#: release-manual.xml:1092
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1080
+#: release-manual.xml:1094
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -2605,24 +2640,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1081
+#: release-manual.xml:1095
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1082
+#: release-manual.xml:1096
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1085
+#: release-manual.xml:1099
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1087
+#: release-manual.xml:1101
msgid ""
"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
"data in this partition is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on a "
@@ -2634,19 +2669,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1092
+#: release-manual.xml:1106
msgid "Prepare the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1094
+#: release-manual.xml:1108
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
"partition, you have to resize this partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1096
+#: release-manual.xml:1110
msgid ""
"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
@@ -2654,7 +2689,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1099
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -2663,45 +2698,45 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: release-manual.xml:1118
msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: release-manual.xml:1118
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1121
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1121
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1110
+#: release-manual.xml:1124
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1110
+#: release-manual.xml:1124
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1113
+#: release-manual.xml:1127
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1113
+#: release-manual.xml:1127
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -2710,14 +2745,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1121
+#: release-manual.xml:1135
msgid ""
"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
"contain these lines"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1123
+#: release-manual.xml:1137
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
@@ -2726,12 +2761,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1129
+#: release-manual.xml:1143
msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1130
+#: release-manual.xml:1144
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -2739,12 +2774,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1138
+#: release-manual.xml:1152
msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1140
+#: release-manual.xml:1154
msgid ""
"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
@@ -2752,7 +2787,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1142
+#: release-manual.xml:1156
msgid ""
"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
"depends on what is additionally installed on your system. (Additionally to "
@@ -2764,54 +2799,54 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1145
+#: release-manual.xml:1159
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1147
+#: release-manual.xml:1161
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1152
+#: release-manual.xml:1166
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1153
+#: release-manual.xml:1167
msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1156
+#: release-manual.xml:1170
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#: release-manual.xml:1171
msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1160
+#: release-manual.xml:1174
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1161
+#: release-manual.xml:1175
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1164
+#: release-manual.xml:1178
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1165
+#: release-manual.xml:1179
msgid ""
"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
@@ -2819,59 +2854,60 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1168
+#: release-manual.xml:1182
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1170
+#: release-manual.xml:1184
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1174
-msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:1188
+msgid ""
+"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#: release-manual.xml:1191
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1178
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1179
+#: release-manual.xml:1193
msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1182
+#: release-manual.xml:1196
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1184
+#: release-manual.xml:1198
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1186
+#: release-manual.xml:1200
msgid ""
"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
"packages installed."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1188
+#: release-manual.xml:1202
msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1190
+#: release-manual.xml:1204
msgid ""
"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
"modified version of a configfile or if you want to get the latest. The "
@@ -2880,12 +2916,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1192
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1193
+#: release-manual.xml:1207
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2896,7 +2932,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1199
+#: release-manual.xml:1213
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -2906,33 +2942,33 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1203
+#: release-manual.xml:1217
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1205
+#: release-manual.xml:1219
msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1207
+#: release-manual.xml:1221
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1208
+#: release-manual.xml:1222
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#: release-manual.xml:1225
msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1212
+#: release-manual.xml:1226
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2942,7 +2978,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1217
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
msgid ""
"In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since openldap now runs "
@@ -2951,7 +2987,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1234
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -2959,7 +2995,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1223
+#: release-manual.xml:1237
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
@@ -2967,18 +3003,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1225
+#: release-manual.xml:1239
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: release-manual.xml:1241
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1228
+#: release-manual.xml:1242
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2987,60 +3023,61 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1232
+#: release-manual.xml:1246
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1234
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1236
-msgid "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
+#: release-manual.xml:1250
+msgid ""
+"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1238
+#: release-manual.xml:1252
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1257
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: release-manual.xml:1259
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1260
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1248
+#: release-manual.xml:1262
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?"
"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for more information."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1254
+#: release-manual.xml:1268
msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1256
+#: release-manual.xml:1270
msgid ""
"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
@@ -3050,7 +3087,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1258
+#: release-manual.xml:1272
msgid ""
"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
@@ -3058,7 +3095,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1259
+#: release-manual.xml:1273
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
@@ -3068,7 +3105,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1264
+#: release-manual.xml:1278
msgid ""
"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
@@ -3077,12 +3114,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1270
+#: release-manual.xml:1284
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1272
+#: release-manual.xml:1286
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
@@ -3092,20 +3129,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1279
+#: release-manual.xml:1293
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "HowTo"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1281
+#: release-manual.xml:1295
#, fuzzy
-msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
+msgid ""
+"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Übersetzungen </"
"ulink> dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1284
+#: release-manual.xml:1298
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3113,7 +3151,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1287
+#: release-manual.xml:1301
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3121,7 +3159,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> zum Betrieb von Debian-Edu"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1290
+#: release-manual.xml:1304
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3129,7 +3167,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1297
+#: release-manual.xml:1311
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr ""
@@ -3137,7 +3175,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1299
+#: release-manual.xml:1313
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"Maintainance\">Maintainance</link> chapters describe how to get "
@@ -3146,42 +3184,43 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1305
-msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
+#: release-manual.xml:1319
+msgid ""
+"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1306
+#: release-manual.xml:1320
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1307
+#: release-manual.xml:1321
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1308
+#: release-manual.xml:1322
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1309
+#: release-manual.xml:1323
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1310
+#: release-manual.xml:1324
msgid "update dns on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1316
+#: release-manual.xml:1330
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1318
+#: release-manual.xml:1332
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
"computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
@@ -3192,7 +3231,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1323
+#: release-manual.xml:1337
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
@@ -3200,12 +3239,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1326
+#: release-manual.xml:1340
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1327
+#: release-manual.xml:1341
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -3217,19 +3256,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1336
+#: release-manual.xml:1350
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1338
+#: release-manual.xml:1352
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1341
+#: release-manual.xml:1355
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
@@ -3237,12 +3276,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1344
+#: release-manual.xml:1358
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1347
+#: release-manual.xml:1361
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
@@ -3250,12 +3289,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1350
+#: release-manual.xml:1364
msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1353
+#: release-manual.xml:1367
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
@@ -3263,14 +3302,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1356
+#: release-manual.xml:1370
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1359
+#: release-manual.xml:1373
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -3278,12 +3317,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1362
-msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1376
+msgid ""
+"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1365
+#: release-manual.xml:1379
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
@@ -3291,14 +3331,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1368
+#: release-manual.xml:1382
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1375
+#: release-manual.xml:1389
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
@@ -3306,12 +3346,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1381
+#: release-manual.xml:1395
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1383
+#: release-manual.xml:1397
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -3319,7 +3359,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1386
+#: release-manual.xml:1400
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -3327,19 +3367,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1389
+#: release-manual.xml:1403
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1395
+#: release-manual.xml:1409
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1397
+#: release-manual.xml:1411
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -3349,7 +3389,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1399
+#: release-manual.xml:1413
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -3359,7 +3399,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1401
+#: release-manual.xml:1415
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -3374,12 +3414,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1410
+#: release-manual.xml:1424
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1412
+#: release-manual.xml:1426
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
@@ -3387,12 +3427,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1419
+#: release-manual.xml:1433
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1421
+#: release-manual.xml:1435
msgid ""
"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
@@ -3400,17 +3440,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1426
+#: release-manual.xml:1440
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1428
+#: release-manual.xml:1442
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1430
+#: release-manual.xml:1444
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -3422,12 +3462,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1436
+#: release-manual.xml:1450
msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1438
+#: release-manual.xml:1452
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
@@ -3437,7 +3477,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#: release-manual.xml:1457
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -3445,27 +3485,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1446
+#: release-manual.xml:1460
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1453
+#: release-manual.xml:1467
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1455
+#: release-manual.xml:1469
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
-"It runs great, there is just one problem sometimes: some software is a "
-"little bit more outdated as you like. This is where backports.org come in."
+"It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
+"more outdated as you like. This is where backports.org steps in."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1457
+#: release-manual.xml:1471
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
@@ -3478,7 +3518,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1461
+#: release-manual.xml:1475
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
@@ -3487,17 +3527,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1467
+#: release-manual.xml:1481
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"# install the debian-keyring securily\n"
+"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
-"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily\n"
+"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add - \n"
+"# update the list of available packages:\n"
+"aptitude update\n"
"]]>\n"
"</screen>\n"
+"<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
+"</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
+"</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url='http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instructions on backports.org\n"
+"</ulink>. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you need to update manually. \n"
+"</para>\n"
"</section>\n"
"\n"
"<section>\n"
@@ -3505,82 +3554,95 @@ msgid ""
"</title>\n"
"<para>\n"
"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
-"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
-"<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
-"</title><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
-"<para>FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode\n"
-"</ulink> and write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how to change them from a schooladmin POV) \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Modifying the kdm login screen\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/\n"
-"</computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} package: \n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1510 release-manual.xml:1951 release-manual.xml:2049
+msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1512 release-manual.xml:1953 release-manual.xml:2051
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
+"specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them "
+"over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to "
+"find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the "
+"GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Die <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> von <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> sind "
+"entweder Anwender- oder Entwicklerbezogen. Lasst uns die "
+"Anwenderspezifischen <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> hierhin schieben!"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1540
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Übersetzungen </"
+"ulink> dieses Dokuments"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1546
+msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1548
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+"TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode </ulink> and "
+"write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how to "
+"change them from a schooladmin POV)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1556
+msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1558
+msgid ""
+"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
+"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
+"computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1561
+msgid ""
+"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
+"package:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1562
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
"THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1543
+#: release-manual.xml:1566
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1549
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
msgid "Flash"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1551
+#: release-manual.xml:1574
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
@@ -3590,21 +3652,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1558
+#: release-manual.xml:1581
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1560
+#: release-manual.xml:1583
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1562
+#: release-manual.xml:1585
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -3613,7 +3675,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1569 release-manual.xml:2003
+#: release-manual.xml:1592 release-manual.xml:2026
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -3622,14 +3684,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1573
+#: release-manual.xml:1596
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1574
+#: release-manual.xml:1597
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -3637,12 +3699,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1577
-msgid "If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1600
+msgid ""
+"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1578
+#: release-manual.xml:1601
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -3650,12 +3713,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1581
+#: release-manual.xml:1604
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1582
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -3663,17 +3726,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1588
+#: release-manual.xml:1611
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1590
+#: release-manual.xml:1613
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1591
+#: release-manual.xml:1614
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -3681,12 +3744,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1597
+#: release-manual.xml:1620
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1599
+#: release-manual.xml:1622
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -3694,14 +3757,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1601
+#: release-manual.xml:1624
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1602
+#: release-manual.xml:1625
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -3709,19 +3772,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1605
+#: release-manual.xml:1628
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1607
+#: release-manual.xml:1630
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1608
+#: release-manual.xml:1631
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -3729,17 +3792,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1615
+#: release-manual.xml:1638
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1621
+#: release-manual.xml:1644
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1623
+#: release-manual.xml:1646
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -3748,17 +3811,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1629
+#: release-manual.xml:1652
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1633
+#: release-manual.xml:1656
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1635
+#: release-manual.xml:1658
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -3768,7 +3831,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1639
+#: release-manual.xml:1662
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -3777,14 +3840,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1643
+#: release-manual.xml:1666
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1646
+#: release-manual.xml:1669
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -3795,19 +3858,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1652
+#: release-manual.xml:1675
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1654
+#: release-manual.xml:1677
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1656
+#: release-manual.xml:1679
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -3816,12 +3879,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1663
+#: release-manual.xml:1686
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1665
+#: release-manual.xml:1688
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -3833,19 +3896,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1674
+#: release-manual.xml:1697
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1679
+#: release-manual.xml:1702
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1681
+#: release-manual.xml:1704
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -3854,27 +3917,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1683
+#: release-manual.xml:1706
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1685
+#: release-manual.xml:1708
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1691
+#: release-manual.xml:1714
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1695
+#: release-manual.xml:1718
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1697
+#: release-manual.xml:1720
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -3883,21 +3946,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1699
+#: release-manual.xml:1722
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1701
+#: release-manual.xml:1724
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1703
+#: release-manual.xml:1726
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -3907,12 +3970,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1708
+#: release-manual.xml:1731
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1710
+#: release-manual.xml:1733
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -3925,26 +3988,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1714
+#: release-manual.xml:1737
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1715
+#: release-manual.xml:1738
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1718
+#: release-manual.xml:1741
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1719
+#: release-manual.xml:1742
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -3958,7 +4021,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1722
+#: release-manual.xml:1745
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -3968,12 +4031,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1726
+#: release-manual.xml:1749
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1728
+#: release-manual.xml:1751
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -3984,7 +4047,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1732
+#: release-manual.xml:1755
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -3994,12 +4057,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1741
+#: release-manual.xml:1764
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1743
+#: release-manual.xml:1766
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -4008,12 +4071,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1748
+#: release-manual.xml:1771
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1750
+#: release-manual.xml:1773
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4024,7 +4087,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1752
+#: release-manual.xml:1775
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -4035,7 +4098,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1754
+#: release-manual.xml:1777
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -4044,7 +4107,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1757
+#: release-manual.xml:1780
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -4055,22 +4118,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1762 release-manual.xml:1845
+#: release-manual.xml:1785 release-manual.xml:1868
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1764
+#: release-manual.xml:1787
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1765
+#: release-manual.xml:1788
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#: release-manual.xml:1790
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -4080,56 +4143,56 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1768
+#: release-manual.xml:1791
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1769
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1770 release-manual.xml:1773
+#: release-manual.xml:1793 release-manual.xml:1796
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1771
+#: release-manual.xml:1794
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1772
+#: release-manual.xml:1795
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1776
+#: release-manual.xml:1799
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1778
+#: release-manual.xml:1801
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1780
+#: release-manual.xml:1803
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1788 release-manual.xml:1861 release-manual.xml:1886
+#: release-manual.xml:1811 release-manual.xml:1884 release-manual.xml:1909
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1790
+#: release-manual.xml:1813
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -4140,48 +4203,49 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1795
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1797
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1798
+#: release-manual.xml:1821
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1800
+#: release-manual.xml:1823
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
-msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+#: release-manual.xml:1827
+msgid ""
+"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1808
+#: release-manual.xml:1831
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811
+#: release-manual.xml:1834
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1814
+#: release-manual.xml:1837
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -4189,18 +4253,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1816
+#: release-manual.xml:1839
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Dienste"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1839
+#: release-manual.xml:1862
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1841
+#: release-manual.xml:1864
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -4210,7 +4274,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#: release-manual.xml:1870
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -4219,7 +4283,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1849
+#: release-manual.xml:1872
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -4227,34 +4291,35 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1851
-msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+#: release-manual.xml:1874
+msgid ""
+"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1854
+#: release-manual.xml:1877
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1863
+#: release-manual.xml:1886
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1869
+#: release-manual.xml:1892
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1896
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1875
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -4262,29 +4327,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1877
+#: release-manual.xml:1900
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1879
+#: release-manual.xml:1902
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1888
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1893
+#: release-manual.xml:1916
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1895
+#: release-manual.xml:1918
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -4294,7 +4359,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1921
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -4303,12 +4368,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1907
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1909
+#: release-manual.xml:1932
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -4316,21 +4381,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1911
+#: release-manual.xml:1934
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1915
+#: release-manual.xml:1938
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1918
+#: release-manual.xml:1941
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -4339,35 +4404,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1920
+#: release-manual.xml:1943
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1928 release-manual.xml:2026
-msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930 release-manual.xml:2028
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
-"specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them "
-"over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to "
-"find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the "
-"GPL.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Die <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> von <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
-"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> sind "
-"entweder Anwender- oder Entwicklerbezogen. Lasst uns die "
-"Anwenderspezifischen <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> hierhin schieben!"
-
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1946
+#: release-manual.xml:1969
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
@@ -4375,38 +4419,38 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1952
+#: release-manual.xml:1975
msgid "moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1954
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1957
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
msgid ""
"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
"credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1962
+#: release-manual.xml:1985
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1964
+#: release-manual.xml:1987
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1967
+#: release-manual.xml:1990
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc\n"
@@ -4414,26 +4458,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1974
+#: release-manual.xml:1997
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:2003
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1982
+#: release-manual.xml:2005
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1988
+#: release-manual.xml:2011
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -4441,12 +4485,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1994
+#: release-manual.xml:2017
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -4454,7 +4498,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2008
+#: release-manual.xml:2031
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -4467,14 +4511,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2016
+#: release-manual.xml:2039
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2054
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -4482,23 +4526,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2040
+#: release-manual.xml:2063
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2044
+#: release-manual.xml:2067
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2047
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2052
+#: release-manual.xml:2075
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -4507,7 +4551,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2058
+#: release-manual.xml:2081
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -4518,12 +4562,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2064
+#: release-manual.xml:2087
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2066
+#: release-manual.xml:2089
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -4531,7 +4575,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2068
+#: release-manual.xml:2091
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -4539,19 +4583,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2075
+#: release-manual.xml:2098
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2077
+#: release-manual.xml:2100
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2103
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -4560,7 +4604,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2083
+#: release-manual.xml:2106
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -4568,12 +4612,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2112
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -4582,7 +4626,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2093
+#: release-manual.xml:2116
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
@@ -4593,7 +4637,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2101
+#: release-manual.xml:2124
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -4602,7 +4646,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2103
+#: release-manual.xml:2126
msgid ""
"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
@@ -4613,22 +4657,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2114
+#: release-manual.xml:2137
msgid "Support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2118
+#: release-manual.xml:2141
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2122
+#: release-manual.xml:2145
msgid "in english"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2128
+#: release-manual.xml:2151
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -4636,7 +4680,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2132
+#: release-manual.xml:2155
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -4644,12 +4688,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2143
+#: release-manual.xml:2166
msgid "in norwegian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2145
+#: release-manual.xml:2168
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -4657,7 +4701,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2149
+#: release-manual.xml:2172
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -4666,24 +4710,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2152
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2158
+#: release-manual.xml:2181
msgid "in german"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2160
+#: release-manual.xml:2183
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2164
+#: release-manual.xml:2187
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
@@ -4694,29 +4738,29 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> ist ein Wiki und wird häufig aktualisiert."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2167
+#: release-manual.xml:2190
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2173
+#: release-manual.xml:2196
msgid "in french"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: release-manual.xml:2207
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2209
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -4724,12 +4768,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2193
+#: release-manual.xml:2216
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright und Autoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2195
+#: release-manual.xml:2218
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
@@ -4743,7 +4787,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2197
+#: release-manual.xml:2220
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -4756,19 +4800,19 @@ msgstr ""
"lizensieren Sie es unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2203
+#: release-manual.xml:2226
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright und Autoren der Übersetzung"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2205
+#: release-manual.xml:2228
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2207
+#: release-manual.xml:2230
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
@@ -4780,7 +4824,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2209
+#: release-manual.xml:2232
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
@@ -4793,7 +4837,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2211
+#: release-manual.xml:2234
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
@@ -4805,12 +4849,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2216
+#: release-manual.xml:2239
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Übersetzungen dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2218
+#: release-manual.xml:2241
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
@@ -4821,13 +4865,13 @@ msgstr ""
"unvollständige Übersetzungen inNorwegisches Bokmål, Spanisch und Deutsch."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2222
+#: release-manual.xml:2245
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Anleitung zum Übersetzen dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2224
+#: release-manual.xml:2247
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -4837,7 +4881,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2227
+#: release-manual.xml:2250
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -4852,7 +4896,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dem Paket debian-edu-doc ein."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2231
+#: release-manual.xml:2254
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -4861,14 +4905,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2235
+#: release-manual.xml:2258
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2240
+#: release-manual.xml:2263
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
@@ -4881,7 +4925,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Mailingliste."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2244
+#: release-manual.xml:2267
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
@@ -4892,19 +4936,19 @@ msgstr ""
"Mailingliste."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2246
+#: release-manual.xml:2269
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2249
+#: release-manual.xml:2272
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2254
+#: release-manual.xml:2277
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
@@ -4916,25 +4960,25 @@ msgstr ""
"Sprache erzeugt bzw. eine bestehende ergänzt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2256
+#: release-manual.xml:2279
#, fuzzy
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Bitte berichte über andere Probleme."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2262
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
#, fuzzy
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Anhang A - The GNU Public Licence"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2265
+#: release-manual.xml:2288
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2271
+#: release-manual.xml:2294
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -4943,7 +4987,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2274
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -4952,7 +4996,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2276
+#: release-manual.xml:2299
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -4961,7 +5005,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2278
+#: release-manual.xml:2301
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -4969,17 +5013,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2306
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2308
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2287
+#: release-manual.xml:2310
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -4988,12 +5032,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2292
+#: release-manual.xml:2315
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2294
+#: release-manual.xml:2317
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -5007,7 +5051,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -5018,7 +5062,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2299
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -5030,14 +5074,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:2325
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2304
+#: release-manual.xml:2327
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -5046,7 +5090,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2330
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -5054,7 +5098,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2310
+#: release-manual.xml:2333
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -5063,7 +5107,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2313
+#: release-manual.xml:2336
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -5078,7 +5122,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2318
+#: release-manual.xml:2341
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -5092,7 +5136,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2343
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -5101,7 +5145,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2322
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -5110,7 +5154,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2324
+#: release-manual.xml:2347
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -5119,7 +5163,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2327
+#: release-manual.xml:2350
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -5128,7 +5172,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2330
+#: release-manual.xml:2353
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -5139,7 +5183,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2333
+#: release-manual.xml:2356
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -5149,7 +5193,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2338
+#: release-manual.xml:2361
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -5163,7 +5207,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2340
+#: release-manual.xml:2363
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -5173,7 +5217,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2365
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -5185,7 +5229,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2345
+#: release-manual.xml:2368
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -5198,7 +5242,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2348
+#: release-manual.xml:2371
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -5210,7 +5254,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2351
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -5227,7 +5271,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#: release-manual.xml:2377
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -5235,7 +5279,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2356
+#: release-manual.xml:2379
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -5249,14 +5293,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2358
+#: release-manual.xml:2381
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2360
+#: release-manual.xml:2383
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -5268,7 +5312,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2363
+#: release-manual.xml:2386
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -5277,7 +5321,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -5289,7 +5333,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2368
+#: release-manual.xml:2391
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -5302,12 +5346,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2371
+#: release-manual.xml:2394
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2374
+#: release-manual.xml:2397
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -5321,7 +5365,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2377
+#: release-manual.xml:2400
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -5335,42 +5379,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2383
+#: release-manual.xml:2406
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
+#: release-manual.xml:2416
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2394
+#: release-manual.xml:2417
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2395
+#: release-manual.xml:2418
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2396
+#: release-manual.xml:2419
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2401
+#: release-manual.xml:2424
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2403
+#: release-manual.xml:2426
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -5382,122 +5426,122 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2408
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2412
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2416
+#: release-manual.xml:2439
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2421
+#: release-manual.xml:2444
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2447
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427 release-manual.xml:2437
+#: release-manual.xml:2450 release-manual.xml:2460
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2431
+#: release-manual.xml:2454
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2434
+#: release-manual.xml:2457
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2441
+#: release-manual.xml:2464
msgid "German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2444
+#: release-manual.xml:2467
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2447
+#: release-manual.xml:2470
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2451
+#: release-manual.xml:2474
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2454
+#: release-manual.xml:2477
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2457
+#: release-manual.xml:2480
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2461
+#: release-manual.xml:2484
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2464
+#: release-manual.xml:2487
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2467
+#: release-manual.xml:2490
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2471
+#: release-manual.xml:2494
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2474
+#: release-manual.xml:2497
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2477
+#: release-manual.xml:2500
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2481
+#: release-manual.xml:2504
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2484
+#: release-manual.xml:2507
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2487
+#: release-manual.xml:2510
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494
+#: release-manual.xml:2517
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -5506,35 +5550,34 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2501
+#: release-manual.xml:2524
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2507
+#: release-manual.xml:2530
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2508
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2514
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2516
+#: release-manual.xml:2539
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
"live/'>HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
msgstr ""
-
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
index 5a79d76..36ed0f0 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-26 17:07+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-27 13:22+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-14 15:05+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: <es at li.org>\n"
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2269
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2292
#, fuzzy
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manual para Debian-Edu etch 3.0 también llamado \"Terra\""
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:8
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-26</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-27</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
@@ -1228,8 +1228,8 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1369 release-manual.xml:2018
-#: release-manual.xml:2053 release-manual.xml:2133
+#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1383 release-manual.xml:2041
+#: release-manual.xml:2076 release-manual.xml:2156
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -1731,8 +1731,34 @@ msgid ""
"but there is currently no howto available for this."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:527
+msgid "A note on DVD installs"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:529
+msgid ""
+"If you install from a DVD <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
+"computeroutput> will only contain sources from the DVD. If you have an "
+"internet connection we strongly suggest to add the following lines to it, so "
+"that available (security) updates can be installed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:533
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ etch main \n"
+"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main \n"
+"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
+"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:528
+#: release-manual.xml:542
msgid ""
"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -1740,77 +1766,77 @@ msgstr ""
"servidor de clientes ligeros"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:531
+#: release-manual.xml:545
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:537
+#: release-manual.xml:551
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:543
+#: release-manual.xml:557
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:549
+#: release-manual.xml:563
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:555
+#: release-manual.xml:569
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:561
+#: release-manual.xml:575
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:567
+#: release-manual.xml:581
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:573
+#: release-manual.xml:587
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:579
+#: release-manual.xml:593
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:585
+#: release-manual.xml:599
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:591
+#: release-manual.xml:605
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:597
+#: release-manual.xml:611
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:603
+#: release-manual.xml:617
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:609
+#: release-manual.xml:623
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:614
+#: release-manual.xml:628
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
@@ -1819,48 +1845,48 @@ msgstr ""
"resolución para este pantallazo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:617
+#: release-manual.xml:631
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:626
+#: release-manual.xml:640
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr "Para empezar"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:628
+#: release-manual.xml:642
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:629
+#: release-manual.xml:643
msgid ""
"adding workstations to host netgroups (for exporting home-directories via "
"NFS)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:630
+#: release-manual.xml:644
msgid "adding users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:631
+#: release-manual.xml:645
msgid ""
"it's advised to add the workstations to the dhcpd-config - LTSP-servers must "
"be added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:634
+#: release-manual.xml:648
msgid "This is described below."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:636
+#: release-manual.xml:650
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter describes more tips and "
@@ -1872,17 +1898,17 @@ msgstr ""
"las cosas que todo el mundo tiene que hacer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:639
+#: release-manual.xml:653
msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:646
+#: release-manual.xml:660
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr "Servicios que corren en el servidor principal"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:648
+#: release-manual.xml:662
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
@@ -1891,13 +1917,13 @@ msgstr ""
"interfaz web. Los describiremos aquí."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:652
+#: release-manual.xml:666
#, fuzzy
msgid "Web based management, using lwat"
msgstr "Gestión de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:654
+#: release-manual.xml:668
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -1905,31 +1931,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:655
+#: release-manual.xml:669
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Administration"
msgstr "Administración"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:656
+#: release-manual.xml:670
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group Administration"
msgstr "Administración"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:657
+#: release-manual.xml:671
#, fuzzy
msgid "Automount informations"
msgstr "Donde encontrar más información"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:658
+#: release-manual.xml:672
#, fuzzy
msgid "Machine Administration"
msgstr "Administración"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:661
+#: release-manual.xml:675
msgid ""
"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error message, because of "
@@ -1937,24 +1963,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:663
+#: release-manual.xml:677
msgid "the certificate is self-signed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:664
+#: release-manual.xml:678
msgid "The certificate is generated for tjener.intern"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:665
+#: release-manual.xml:679
msgid ""
"you may also get an error if the installation is more than one month old, "
"since the certificate is only valid for one month."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:668
+#: release-manual.xml:682
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When you have neglected the warnings (or fixed them...), you will see the "
@@ -1969,38 +1995,38 @@ msgstr ""
"de la instalación su nombre de usuario es:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:669
+#: release-manual.xml:683
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr "admin]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:671
+#: release-manual.xml:685
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:674
+#: release-manual.xml:688
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:679
+#: release-manual.xml:693
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:684
+#: release-manual.xml:698
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestión de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:686
+#: release-manual.xml:700
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -2010,14 +2036,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:688
+#: release-manual.xml:702
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:690
+#: release-manual.xml:704
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -2025,12 +2051,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:694
+#: release-manual.xml:708
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:696
+#: release-manual.xml:710
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -2044,7 +2070,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:698
+#: release-manual.xml:712
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>role </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2052,7 +2078,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:702
+#: release-manual.xml:716
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>granted privileges </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2060,78 +2086,78 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:707
+#: release-manual.xml:721
msgid "Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:710
+#: release-manual.xml:724
msgid "Login and use the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:714
+#: release-manual.xml:728
msgid "Teachers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:717
+#: release-manual.xml:731
msgid "Same as Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:721
+#: release-manual.xml:735
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:724
+#: release-manual.xml:738
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:728
+#: release-manual.xml:742
#, fuzzy
msgid "Admins"
msgstr "admin]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:731
+#: release-manual.xml:745
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
"machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:738
+#: release-manual.xml:752
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:740
+#: release-manual.xml:754
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:743
+#: release-manual.xml:757
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:748
+#: release-manual.xml:762
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:751
+#: release-manual.xml:765
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -2141,12 +2167,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:759
+#: release-manual.xml:773
msgid "Search and delete Users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:761
+#: release-manual.xml:775
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -2158,12 +2184,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:764
+#: release-manual.xml:778
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:769
+#: release-manual.xml:783
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -2171,18 +2197,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:772
+#: release-manual.xml:786
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:781
+#: release-manual.xml:795
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestión de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:783
+#: release-manual.xml:797
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -2191,20 +2217,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:785
+#: release-manual.xml:799
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:790
+#: release-manual.xml:804
#, fuzzy
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestión de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:792
+#: release-manual.xml:806
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -2215,14 +2241,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:794
+#: release-manual.xml:808
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:796
+#: release-manual.xml:810
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>First address </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2230,7 +2256,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:800
+#: release-manual.xml:814
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Last address </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2238,7 +2264,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:804
+#: release-manual.xml:818
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>hostname </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2246,32 +2272,32 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:809
+#: release-manual.xml:823
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:812
+#: release-manual.xml:826
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:815
+#: release-manual.xml:829
msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:821
+#: release-manual.xml:835
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:824
+#: release-manual.xml:838
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:827
+#: release-manual.xml:841
#, fuzzy
msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2279,17 +2305,17 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:833
+#: release-manual.xml:847
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:836
+#: release-manual.xml:850
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:839
+#: release-manual.xml:853
#, fuzzy
msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2297,14 +2323,14 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:848
+#: release-manual.xml:862
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:850
+#: release-manual.xml:864
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -2313,19 +2339,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:853
+#: release-manual.xml:867
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:859 release-manual.xml:892 release-manual.xml:986
-#: release-manual.xml:1555 release-manual.xml:1566 release-manual.xml:1671
-#: release-manual.xml:1971 release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:2000
+#: release-manual.xml:873 release-manual.xml:906 release-manual.xml:1000
+#: release-manual.xml:1578 release-manual.xml:1589 release-manual.xml:1694
+#: release-manual.xml:1994 release-manual.xml:2008 release-manual.xml:2023
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:862
+#: release-manual.xml:876
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -2333,12 +2359,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:866
+#: release-manual.xml:880
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:868
+#: release-manual.xml:882
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -2347,7 +2373,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:872
+#: release-manual.xml:886
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -2355,7 +2381,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:876
+#: release-manual.xml:890
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2366,14 +2392,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:882
+#: release-manual.xml:896
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:885
+#: release-manual.xml:899
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2384,19 +2410,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:895
+#: release-manual.xml:909
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:900
+#: release-manual.xml:914
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:902
+#: release-manual.xml:916
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url='http://bzz.no/"
@@ -2404,12 +2430,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:910
+#: release-manual.xml:924
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr "Gestión de impresoras"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:912
+#: release-manual.xml:926
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://"
@@ -2425,7 +2451,7 @@ msgstr ""
"debería accederse a este sitio sin usar ssl."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:915
+#: release-manual.xml:929
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -2433,12 +2459,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:921
+#: release-manual.xml:935
msgid "Clock synchronization"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:923
+#: release-manual.xml:937
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -2450,7 +2476,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:925
+#: release-manual.xml:939
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -2462,12 +2488,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:933
+#: release-manual.xml:947
msgid "Extend full partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:935
+#: release-manual.xml:949
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
@@ -2477,17 +2503,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:943
+#: release-manual.xml:957
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr "Mantenimiento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:947
+#: release-manual.xml:961
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr "Actualizar el software"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:949
+#: release-manual.xml:963
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
@@ -2495,7 +2521,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "documentar como usar aptitude upgrade /kde-update-notifier"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:952
+#: release-manual.xml:966
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -2505,14 +2531,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:957
+#: release-manual.xml:971
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:959
+#: release-manual.xml:973
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -2520,7 +2546,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:963
+#: release-manual.xml:977
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -2529,19 +2555,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:967
+#: release-manual.xml:981
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:973
+#: release-manual.xml:987
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr "Gestión de las copias de seguridad"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:975
+#: release-manual.xml:989
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
@@ -2554,7 +2580,7 @@ msgstr ""
"introducir la contraseña de root. Si intenta acceder sin ssl no funcionará."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:978
+#: release-manual.xml:992
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to /"
@@ -2563,21 +2589,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:982
+#: release-manual.xml:996
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:989
+#: release-manual.xml:1003
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:991
+#: release-manual.xml:1005
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit. "
@@ -2586,17 +2612,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:996
+#: release-manual.xml:1010
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr "Monitorización del Servidor"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1000
+#: release-manual.xml:1014
msgid "Munin"
msgstr "Munin"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1002
+#: release-manual.xml:1016
msgid ""
"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
"munin/'>https://www/munin/ </ulink>. It provides system status measurement "
@@ -2606,7 +2632,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1005
+#: release-manual.xml:1019
msgid ""
"The list of machines being monitored using munin is generated automatically "
"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the "
@@ -2620,26 +2646,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1009
+#: release-manual.xml:1023
msgid ""
"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url='http://"
"munin.projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> ."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1015
+#: release-manual.xml:1029
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr "Nagios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1017
+#: release-manual.xml:1031
msgid ""
"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url='https://"
"www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1020
+#: release-manual.xml:1034
msgid ""
"The username is nagiosadmin and the password is undefined, you must set your "
"own password before you can login and use nagios. For security reasons, "
@@ -2648,7 +2674,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: release-manual.xml:1037
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"htpasswd /etc/nagios2/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin\n"
@@ -2656,7 +2682,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1026
+#: release-manual.xml:1040
msgid ""
"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
@@ -2666,7 +2692,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1032
+#: release-manual.xml:1046
msgid ""
"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url='http://www."
"nagios.org/'>http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
@@ -2674,12 +2700,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1039
+#: release-manual.xml:1053
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr "Sitesummary"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1041
+#: release-manual.xml:1055
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
@@ -2690,7 +2716,7 @@ msgstr ""
"HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1044
+#: release-manual.xml:1058
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
@@ -2701,12 +2727,12 @@ msgstr ""
"HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1052
+#: release-manual.xml:1066
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr "Actualizaciones"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1054
+#: release-manual.xml:1068
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
@@ -2721,7 +2747,7 @@ msgstr ""
"más allá de las que indique la ley aplicable. </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1057
+#: release-manual.xml:1071
msgid ""
"More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -2732,7 +2758,7 @@ msgstr ""
"disponible en su manual de instalación."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1060
+#: release-manual.xml:1074
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -2745,7 +2771,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ver si todo funciona como debiera."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1062
+#: release-manual.xml:1076
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
@@ -2761,20 +2787,20 @@ msgstr ""
"durante algún tiempo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1067
+#: release-manual.xml:1081
#, fuzzy
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr "Actualizar desde Debian-Edu sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1069
+#: release-manual.xml:1083
msgid ""
"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
"Lea este capítulo por completo antes de empezar a actualizar sus sitemas."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1071
+#: release-manual.xml:1085
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian."
@@ -2794,12 +2820,12 @@ msgstr ""
"antes de actualizar!)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1078
+#: release-manual.xml:1092
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr "Cambiado el esquema de particiones"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1080
+#: release-manual.xml:1094
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -2810,17 +2836,17 @@ msgstr ""
"en Sarge tiene dos Grupos de Unidades:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1081
+#: release-manual.xml:1095
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1082
+#: release-manual.xml:1096
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1085
+#: release-manual.xml:1099
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
@@ -2829,7 +2855,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cambios internos del instalador."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1087
+#: release-manual.xml:1101
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
@@ -2848,13 +2874,13 @@ msgstr ""
"actualización fallará por falta de espacio en el dispositivo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1092
+#: release-manual.xml:1106
#, fuzzy
msgid "Prepare the system"
msgstr "Preparar el sistema"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1094
+#: release-manual.xml:1108
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
@@ -2864,7 +2890,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tendrá que redimensionar esta partición:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1096
+#: release-manual.xml:1110
msgid ""
"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
@@ -2872,7 +2898,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1099
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -2884,45 +2910,45 @@ msgstr ""
"umount -fl /var ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: release-manual.xml:1118
msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: release-manual.xml:1118
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1121
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1121
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1110
+#: release-manual.xml:1124
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1110
+#: release-manual.xml:1124
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1113
+#: release-manual.xml:1127
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1113
+#: release-manual.xml:1127
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -2934,14 +2960,14 @@ msgstr ""
"/etc/init.d/squid start ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1121
+#: release-manual.xml:1135
msgid ""
"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
"contain these lines"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1123
+#: release-manual.xml:1137
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
@@ -2952,13 +2978,13 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1129
+#: release-manual.xml:1143
#, fuzzy
msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
msgstr "Ahora inicie la actualización con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1130
+#: release-manual.xml:1144
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -2968,13 +2994,13 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get dist-upgrade ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1138
+#: release-manual.xml:1152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr "Respuestas a las preguntas de Debconf durante la actualización"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1140
+#: release-manual.xml:1154
msgid ""
"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
@@ -2982,7 +3008,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1142
+#: release-manual.xml:1156
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
@@ -3004,12 +3030,12 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) o en el IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1145
+#: release-manual.xml:1159
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr "* Configurar nagios-common"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1147
+#: release-manual.xml:1161
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
@@ -3019,42 +3045,42 @@ msgstr ""
"emphasis>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1152
+#: release-manual.xml:1166
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr "* Configurar console-data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1153
+#: release-manual.xml:1167
msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1156
+#: release-manual.xml:1170
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr "* Configurar openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#: release-manual.xml:1171
msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1160
+#: release-manual.xml:1174
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr "* Configurar systat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1161
+#: release-manual.xml:1175
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1164
+#: release-manual.xml:1178
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr "* Configurar popularity-contest"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1165
+#: release-manual.xml:1179
msgid ""
"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
@@ -3062,63 +3088,63 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1168
+#: release-manual.xml:1182
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr "* Configurar libnss-ldap"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1170
+#: release-manual.xml:1184
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr "Cambie la respuesta a: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1174
+#: release-manual.xml:1188
msgid ""
"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Cambie la respuesta a: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#: release-manual.xml:1191
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1178
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1179
+#: release-manual.xml:1193
msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1182
+#: release-manual.xml:1196
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Actualizar ahora glibc. Respuesta: Sí"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1184
+#: release-manual.xml:1198
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Reiniciar servicios. Respuesta Sí."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1186
+#: release-manual.xml:1200
msgid ""
"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
"packages installed."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1188
+#: release-manual.xml:1202
msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1190
+#: release-manual.xml:1204
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
@@ -3132,12 +3158,12 @@ msgstr ""
"instalar la más nueva."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1192
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr "La actualización fallará con este mensaje de error:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1193
+#: release-manual.xml:1207
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3153,7 +3179,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1199
+#: release-manual.xml:1213
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -3168,35 +3194,35 @@ msgstr ""
"reinicie el proceso de actualización con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1203
+#: release-manual.xml:1217
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1205
+#: release-manual.xml:1219
#, fuzzy
msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
msgstr "Ahora la actualización funciona de nuevo:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1207
+#: release-manual.xml:1221
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr "* Algunos archivos de configuración modificados (nagios)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1208
+#: release-manual.xml:1222
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#: release-manual.xml:1225
#, fuzzy
msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
msgstr "Y la instalación vuelve a fallar:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1212
+#: release-manual.xml:1226
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3210,7 +3236,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1217
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
@@ -3224,7 +3250,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cambiar los permisos de los ficheros de configuración:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1234
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -3234,7 +3260,7 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1223
+#: release-manual.xml:1237
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
@@ -3245,18 +3271,18 @@ msgstr ""
"reinicie el proces de dist-upgrade con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1225
+#: release-manual.xml:1239
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr "apt-get dist-upgrade]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: release-manual.xml:1241
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr "El siguiente error que aparece es este:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1228
+#: release-manual.xml:1242
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3268,61 +3294,61 @@ msgstr ""
"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1232
+#: release-manual.xml:1246
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr "Elimine el paquete: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> con"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1234
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr "apt-get remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1236
+#: release-manual.xml:1250
msgid ""
"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr "y espere hasta que termine. Después reinicie el dist-upgrade de nuevo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1238
+#: release-manual.xml:1252
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1257
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: release-manual.xml:1259
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1260
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1248
+#: release-manual.xml:1262
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?"
"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for more information."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1254
+#: release-manual.xml:1268
msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1256
+#: release-manual.xml:1270
msgid ""
"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
@@ -3332,7 +3358,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1258
+#: release-manual.xml:1272
msgid ""
"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
@@ -3340,7 +3366,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1259
+#: release-manual.xml:1273
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
@@ -3350,7 +3376,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1264
+#: release-manual.xml:1278
msgid ""
"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
@@ -3359,13 +3385,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1270
+#: release-manual.xml:1284
#, fuzzy
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr "Actualizar desde instalaciones antiguas de Debian-Edu / Skolelinux"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1272
+#: release-manual.xml:1286
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
@@ -3381,12 +3407,12 @@ msgstr ""
"UpgradeFrom1.0 </ulink> Después actualice a Terra (versión basada en etch)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1279
+#: release-manual.xml:1293
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "HowTo"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1281
+#: release-manual.xml:1295
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
@@ -3395,7 +3421,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1284
+#: release-manual.xml:1298
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3403,7 +3429,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1287
+#: release-manual.xml:1301
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3411,7 +3437,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>para usar Debian-Edu"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1290
+#: release-manual.xml:1304
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3419,13 +3445,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1297
+#: release-manual.xml:1311
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr "Administración de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1299
+#: release-manual.xml:1313
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"Maintainance\">Maintainance</link> chapters describe how to get "
@@ -3434,7 +3460,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1305
+#: release-manual.xml:1319
msgid ""
"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
@@ -3442,38 +3468,38 @@ msgstr ""
"principal"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1306
+#: release-manual.xml:1320
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1307
+#: release-manual.xml:1321
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1308
+#: release-manual.xml:1322
#, fuzzy
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr "* Configurar openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1309
+#: release-manual.xml:1323
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1310
+#: release-manual.xml:1324
msgid "update dns on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1316
+#: release-manual.xml:1330
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1318
+#: release-manual.xml:1332
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
"computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
@@ -3484,7 +3510,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1323
+#: release-manual.xml:1337
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
@@ -3492,12 +3518,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1326
+#: release-manual.xml:1340
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1327
+#: release-manual.xml:1341
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -3509,19 +3535,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1336
+#: release-manual.xml:1350
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1338
+#: release-manual.xml:1352
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1341
+#: release-manual.xml:1355
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
@@ -3529,12 +3555,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1344
+#: release-manual.xml:1358
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1347
+#: release-manual.xml:1361
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
@@ -3542,12 +3568,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1350
+#: release-manual.xml:1364
msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1353
+#: release-manual.xml:1367
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
@@ -3555,14 +3581,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1356
+#: release-manual.xml:1370
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1359
+#: release-manual.xml:1373
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -3570,13 +3596,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1362
+#: release-manual.xml:1376
msgid ""
"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1365
+#: release-manual.xml:1379
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
@@ -3584,14 +3610,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1368
+#: release-manual.xml:1382
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1375
+#: release-manual.xml:1389
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
@@ -3599,12 +3625,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1381
+#: release-manual.xml:1395
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1383
+#: release-manual.xml:1397
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -3612,7 +3638,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1386
+#: release-manual.xml:1400
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -3620,19 +3646,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1389
+#: release-manual.xml:1403
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1395
+#: release-manual.xml:1409
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1397
+#: release-manual.xml:1411
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -3642,7 +3668,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1399
+#: release-manual.xml:1413
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -3652,7 +3678,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1401
+#: release-manual.xml:1415
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -3667,13 +3693,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1410
+#: release-manual.xml:1424
#, fuzzy
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
msgstr "Gestión de impresoras"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1412
+#: release-manual.xml:1426
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
@@ -3681,12 +3707,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1419
+#: release-manual.xml:1433
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1421
+#: release-manual.xml:1435
msgid ""
"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
@@ -3694,12 +3720,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1426
+#: release-manual.xml:1440
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1428
+#: release-manual.xml:1442
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3707,7 +3733,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1430
+#: release-manual.xml:1444
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -3719,12 +3745,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1436
+#: release-manual.xml:1450
msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1438
+#: release-manual.xml:1452
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
@@ -3734,7 +3760,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#: release-manual.xml:1457
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -3742,27 +3768,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1446
+#: release-manual.xml:1460
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1453
+#: release-manual.xml:1467
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1455
+#: release-manual.xml:1469
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
-"It runs great, there is just one problem sometimes: some software is a "
-"little bit more outdated as you like. This is where backports.org come in."
+"It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
+"more outdated as you like. This is where backports.org steps in."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1457
+#: release-manual.xml:1471
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
@@ -3775,7 +3801,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1461
+#: release-manual.xml:1475
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
@@ -3784,17 +3810,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1467
+#: release-manual.xml:1481
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"# install the debian-keyring securily\n"
+"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
-"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily\n"
+"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add - \n"
+"# update the list of available packages:\n"
+"aptitude update\n"
"]]>\n"
"</screen>\n"
+"<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
+"</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
+"</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url='http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instructions on backports.org\n"
+"</ulink>. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you need to update manually. \n"
+"</para>\n"
"</section>\n"
"\n"
"<section>\n"
@@ -3802,82 +3837,97 @@ msgid ""
"</title>\n"
"<para>\n"
"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
-"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
-"<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
-"</title><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
-"<para>FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode\n"
-"</ulink> and write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how to change them from a schooladmin POV) \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Modifying the kdm login screen\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/\n"
-"</computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} package: \n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1510 release-manual.xml:1951 release-manual.xml:2049
+msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1512 release-manual.xml:1953 release-manual.xml:2051
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
+"specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them "
+"over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to "
+"find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the "
+"GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Los <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> de <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> son "
+"específicos tanto de los usuarios como de los desarrolladores. Deberíamos "
+"mover los de los usuarios <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink>aquí."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1540
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
+msgstr "Administración de Usuarios"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1546
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
+msgstr "modificar el modo Kiosk"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1548
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+"TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode </ulink> and "
+"write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how to "
+"change them from a schooladmin POV)"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"DebianEdu </ulink> - wiki orientado a desarrolladores"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1556
+msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1558
+msgid ""
+"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
+"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
+"computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1561
+msgid ""
+"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
+"package:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1562
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
"THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1543
+#: release-manual.xml:1566
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1549
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1551
+#: release-manual.xml:1574
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
@@ -3890,7 +3940,7 @@ msgstr ""
"binario precompilado de Adobe para convertirlo antes en un paquete Debian."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1558
+#: release-manual.xml:1581
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
@@ -3899,7 +3949,7 @@ msgstr ""
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1560
+#: release-manual.xml:1583
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
@@ -3908,7 +3958,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Funciona tanto con konqueror como con firefox"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1562
+#: release-manual.xml:1585
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -3917,7 +3967,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1569 release-manual.xml:2003
+#: release-manual.xml:1592 release-manual.xml:2026
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -3926,14 +3976,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1573
+#: release-manual.xml:1596
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1574
+#: release-manual.xml:1597
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -3941,13 +3991,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1577
+#: release-manual.xml:1600
msgid ""
"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1578
+#: release-manual.xml:1601
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -3955,12 +4005,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "apt-get remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1581
+#: release-manual.xml:1604
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1582
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -3968,18 +4018,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1588
+#: release-manual.xml:1611
#, fuzzy
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Otros temas"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1590
+#: release-manual.xml:1613
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1591
+#: release-manual.xml:1614
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -3987,12 +4037,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1597
+#: release-manual.xml:1620
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1599
+#: release-manual.xml:1622
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -4000,14 +4050,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1601
+#: release-manual.xml:1624
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1602
+#: release-manual.xml:1625
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -4015,19 +4065,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1605
+#: release-manual.xml:1628
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1607
+#: release-manual.xml:1630
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1608
+#: release-manual.xml:1631
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4035,17 +4085,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1615
+#: release-manual.xml:1638
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1621
+#: release-manual.xml:1644
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Clientes ligeros vs Puestos sin disco"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1623
+#: release-manual.xml:1646
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -4058,17 +4108,17 @@ msgstr ""
"HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1629
+#: release-manual.xml:1652
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr "LTSP en detalle"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1633
+#: release-manual.xml:1656
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1635
+#: release-manual.xml:1658
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -4078,7 +4128,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1639
+#: release-manual.xml:1662
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -4087,14 +4137,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1643
+#: release-manual.xml:1666
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1646
+#: release-manual.xml:1669
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -4105,19 +4155,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1652
+#: release-manual.xml:1675
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1654
+#: release-manual.xml:1677
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1656
+#: release-manual.xml:1679
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -4126,12 +4176,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1663
+#: release-manual.xml:1686
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1665
+#: release-manual.xml:1688
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -4143,19 +4193,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1674
+#: release-manual.xml:1697
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1679
+#: release-manual.xml:1702
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1681
+#: release-manual.xml:1704
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -4164,28 +4214,28 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1683
+#: release-manual.xml:1706
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1685
+#: release-manual.xml:1708
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1691
+#: release-manual.xml:1714
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Conectar máquinas windows a la red / integración con windows"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1695
+#: release-manual.xml:1718
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1697
+#: release-manual.xml:1720
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4198,7 +4248,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de autentificar a los usuarios."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1699
+#: release-manual.xml:1722
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
@@ -4207,14 +4257,14 @@ msgstr ""
"(pocos) pasos:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1701
+#: release-manual.xml:1724
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr "1. Crear un usuario en el grupo \"admins\" (si no existiera ya)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1703
+#: release-manual.xml:1726
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -4229,12 +4279,12 @@ msgstr ""
"contraseña para root en Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1708
+#: release-manual.xml:1731
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Concigurar el cliente Windows como un puesto estático"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1710
+#: release-manual.xml:1733
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4255,7 +4305,7 @@ msgstr ""
"unirse al dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1714
+#: release-manual.xml:1737
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
@@ -4265,20 +4315,20 @@ msgstr ""
"configuración de ip)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1715
+#: release-manual.xml:1738
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1718
+#: release-manual.xml:1741
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
"4. Unirse al dominio como de costumbre con el usuario añadido en el paso 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1719
+#: release-manual.xml:1742
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4292,7 +4342,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1722
+#: release-manual.xml:1745
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -4308,12 +4358,12 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Mis Documentos\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1726
+#: release-manual.xml:1749
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1728
+#: release-manual.xml:1751
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -4324,7 +4374,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1732
+#: release-manual.xml:1755
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -4334,12 +4384,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1741
+#: release-manual.xml:1764
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1743
+#: release-manual.xml:1766
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -4348,12 +4398,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1748
+#: release-manual.xml:1771
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1750
+#: release-manual.xml:1773
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4364,7 +4414,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1752
+#: release-manual.xml:1775
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -4375,7 +4425,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1754
+#: release-manual.xml:1777
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -4384,7 +4434,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1757
+#: release-manual.xml:1780
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -4395,22 +4445,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1762 release-manual.xml:1845
+#: release-manual.xml:1785 release-manual.xml:1868
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1764
+#: release-manual.xml:1787
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1765
+#: release-manual.xml:1788
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#: release-manual.xml:1790
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -4420,56 +4470,56 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1768
+#: release-manual.xml:1791
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1769
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1770 release-manual.xml:1773
+#: release-manual.xml:1793 release-manual.xml:1796
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1771
+#: release-manual.xml:1794
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1772
+#: release-manual.xml:1795
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1776
+#: release-manual.xml:1799
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1778
+#: release-manual.xml:1801
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1780
+#: release-manual.xml:1803
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1788 release-manual.xml:1861 release-manual.xml:1886
+#: release-manual.xml:1811 release-manual.xml:1884 release-manual.xml:1909
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1790
+#: release-manual.xml:1813
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -4480,49 +4530,49 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1795
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1797
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1798
+#: release-manual.xml:1821
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1800
+#: release-manual.xml:1823
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#: release-manual.xml:1827
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1808
+#: release-manual.xml:1831
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811
+#: release-manual.xml:1834
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1814
+#: release-manual.xml:1837
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -4530,18 +4580,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1816
+#: release-manual.xml:1839
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Recursos"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1839
+#: release-manual.xml:1862
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1841
+#: release-manual.xml:1864
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -4551,7 +4601,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#: release-manual.xml:1870
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -4560,7 +4610,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1849
+#: release-manual.xml:1872
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -4568,36 +4618,36 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1851
+#: release-manual.xml:1874
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1854
+#: release-manual.xml:1877
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1863
+#: release-manual.xml:1886
#, fuzzy
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr "POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1869
+#: release-manual.xml:1892
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1896
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1875
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -4605,29 +4655,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1877
+#: release-manual.xml:1900
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1879
+#: release-manual.xml:1902
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1888
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1893
+#: release-manual.xml:1916
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1895
+#: release-manual.xml:1918
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -4637,7 +4687,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1921
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -4646,12 +4696,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1907
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1909
+#: release-manual.xml:1932
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
@@ -4663,21 +4713,21 @@ msgstr ""
"a Skolelinux desde su casa usando Windows, Mac o Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1911
+#: release-manual.xml:1934
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1915
+#: release-manual.xml:1938
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1918
+#: release-manual.xml:1941
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -4686,35 +4736,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1920
+#: release-manual.xml:1943
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1928 release-manual.xml:2026
-msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930 release-manual.xml:2028
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
-"specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them "
-"over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to "
-"find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the "
-"GPL.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Los <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> de <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
-"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> son "
-"específicos tanto de los usuarios como de los desarrolladores. Deberíamos "
-"mover los de los usuarios <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink>aquí."
-
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1946
+#: release-manual.xml:1969
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
@@ -4722,38 +4751,38 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1952
+#: release-manual.xml:1975
msgid "moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1954
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1957
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
msgid ""
"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
"credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1962
+#: release-manual.xml:1985
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1964
+#: release-manual.xml:1987
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1967
+#: release-manual.xml:1990
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc\n"
@@ -4761,26 +4790,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1974
+#: release-manual.xml:1997
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:2003
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1982
+#: release-manual.xml:2005
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1988
+#: release-manual.xml:2011
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -4788,12 +4817,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1994
+#: release-manual.xml:2017
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -4801,7 +4830,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2008
+#: release-manual.xml:2031
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -4814,14 +4843,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2016
+#: release-manual.xml:2039
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2054
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -4832,23 +4861,23 @@ msgstr ""
"interesante"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2040
+#: release-manual.xml:2063
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2044
+#: release-manual.xml:2067
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2047
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2052
+#: release-manual.xml:2075
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -4857,7 +4886,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2058
+#: release-manual.xml:2081
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -4868,13 +4897,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2064
+#: release-manual.xml:2087
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2066
+#: release-manual.xml:2089
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -4882,7 +4911,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2068
+#: release-manual.xml:2091
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -4890,20 +4919,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2075
+#: release-manual.xml:2098
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2077
+#: release-manual.xml:2100
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2103
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -4912,7 +4941,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2083
+#: release-manual.xml:2106
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -4920,13 +4949,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2112
#, fuzzy
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "== Escritores de la Documentación =="
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -4935,7 +4964,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2093
+#: release-manual.xml:2116
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
@@ -4951,7 +4980,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Las traducciones </ulink> son parte del"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2101
+#: release-manual.xml:2124
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -4960,7 +4989,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2103
+#: release-manual.xml:2126
msgid ""
"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
@@ -4971,22 +5000,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2114
+#: release-manual.xml:2137
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Soporte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2118
+#: release-manual.xml:2141
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Soporte basado en voluntarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2122
+#: release-manual.xml:2145
msgid "in english"
msgstr "en inglés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2128
+#: release-manual.xml:2151
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
@@ -4998,7 +5027,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - lista de correo para soporte en habla inglesa"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2132
+#: release-manual.xml:2155
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -5006,12 +5035,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2143
+#: release-manual.xml:2166
msgid "in norwegian"
msgstr "en noruego"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2145
+#: release-manual.xml:2168
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5023,7 +5052,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - lista de correo de soporte para usuarios en habla noruega"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2149
+#: release-manual.xml:2172
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5036,17 +5065,17 @@ msgstr ""
"linuxiskolen </ulink> - POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2152
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2158
+#: release-manual.xml:2181
msgid "in german"
msgstr "en alemán"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2160
+#: release-manual.xml:2183
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
@@ -5057,7 +5086,7 @@ msgstr ""
"para usuarios en habla alemana"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2164
+#: release-manual.xml:2187
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
@@ -5067,17 +5096,17 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki alemán con muchos <ulink url='/HowTos'>Tutoriales </ulink> etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2167
+#: release-manual.xml:2190
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2173
+#: release-manual.xml:2196
msgid "in french"
msgstr "en francés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
@@ -5087,12 +5116,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> lista de correo de soporte en francés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: release-manual.xml:2207
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Soporte profesional"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2209
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -5103,12 +5132,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2193
+#: release-manual.xml:2216
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright y authores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2195
+#: release-manual.xml:2218
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
@@ -5121,7 +5150,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licencia GPL2 o cualquier versión posterior. ¡Disfrútalo!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2197
+#: release-manual.xml:2220
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -5133,12 +5162,12 @@ msgstr ""
"tu nombre aquí y libéralo bajo la GPL2 o posterior."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2203
+#: release-manual.xml:2226
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright de la traducción y Autores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2205
+#: release-manual.xml:2228
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -5147,7 +5176,7 @@ msgstr ""
"está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2207
+#: release-manual.xml:2230
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
@@ -5157,7 +5186,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2209
+#: release-manual.xml:2232
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
@@ -5168,7 +5197,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2211
+#: release-manual.xml:2234
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
@@ -5178,12 +5207,12 @@ msgstr ""
"está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2216
+#: release-manual.xml:2239
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Traducciones de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2218
+#: release-manual.xml:2241
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
@@ -5194,13 +5223,13 @@ msgstr ""
"y español."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2222
+#: release-manual.xml:2245
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Como traducir este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2224
+#: release-manual.xml:2247
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -5210,7 +5239,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2227
+#: release-manual.xml:2250
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -5224,7 +5253,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at l.d.o </ulink> o ponga un bug al paquete debian-edu-doc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2231
+#: release-manual.xml:2254
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -5233,14 +5262,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2235
+#: release-manual.xml:2258
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2240
+#: release-manual.xml:2263
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -5249,26 +5278,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2244
+#: release-manual.xml:2267
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2246
+#: release-manual.xml:2269
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2249
+#: release-manual.xml:2272
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2254
+#: release-manual.xml:2277
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
@@ -5282,25 +5311,25 @@ msgstr ""
"mimetype=xml/docbook'>los fuentes </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2256
+#: release-manual.xml:2279
#, fuzzy
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Por favor, informa de otros posibles fallos importantes."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2262
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
#, fuzzy
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Apéndice A - La Licencia Pública GNU (GPL)"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2265
+#: release-manual.xml:2288
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2271
+#: release-manual.xml:2294
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
@@ -5313,7 +5342,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2274
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -5322,7 +5351,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2276
+#: release-manual.xml:2299
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5331,7 +5360,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2278
+#: release-manual.xml:2301
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5339,17 +5368,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2306
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2308
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2287
+#: release-manual.xml:2310
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -5358,12 +5387,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2292
+#: release-manual.xml:2315
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2294
+#: release-manual.xml:2317
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -5377,7 +5406,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -5388,7 +5417,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2299
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -5400,14 +5429,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:2325
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2304
+#: release-manual.xml:2327
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -5416,7 +5445,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2330
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -5424,7 +5453,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2310
+#: release-manual.xml:2333
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -5433,7 +5462,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2313
+#: release-manual.xml:2336
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -5448,7 +5477,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2318
+#: release-manual.xml:2341
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -5462,7 +5491,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2343
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -5471,7 +5500,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2322
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -5480,7 +5509,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2324
+#: release-manual.xml:2347
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -5489,7 +5518,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2327
+#: release-manual.xml:2350
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -5498,7 +5527,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2330
+#: release-manual.xml:2353
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -5509,7 +5538,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2333
+#: release-manual.xml:2356
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -5519,7 +5548,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2338
+#: release-manual.xml:2361
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -5533,7 +5562,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2340
+#: release-manual.xml:2363
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -5543,7 +5572,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2365
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -5555,7 +5584,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2345
+#: release-manual.xml:2368
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -5568,7 +5597,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2348
+#: release-manual.xml:2371
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -5580,7 +5609,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2351
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -5597,7 +5626,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#: release-manual.xml:2377
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -5605,7 +5634,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2356
+#: release-manual.xml:2379
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -5619,14 +5648,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2358
+#: release-manual.xml:2381
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2360
+#: release-manual.xml:2383
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -5638,7 +5667,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2363
+#: release-manual.xml:2386
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -5647,7 +5676,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -5659,7 +5688,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2368
+#: release-manual.xml:2391
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -5672,7 +5701,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2371
+#: release-manual.xml:2394
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -5680,7 +5709,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2374
+#: release-manual.xml:2397
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -5694,7 +5723,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2377
+#: release-manual.xml:2400
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -5708,42 +5737,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2383
+#: release-manual.xml:2406
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
+#: release-manual.xml:2416
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2394
+#: release-manual.xml:2417
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2395
+#: release-manual.xml:2418
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2396
+#: release-manual.xml:2419
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2401
+#: release-manual.xml:2424
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2403
+#: release-manual.xml:2426
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -5755,7 +5784,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2408
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -5763,7 +5792,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2412
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -5771,7 +5800,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2416
+#: release-manual.xml:2439
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -5779,108 +5808,108 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2421
+#: release-manual.xml:2444
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2447
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427 release-manual.xml:2437
+#: release-manual.xml:2450 release-manual.xml:2460
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2431
+#: release-manual.xml:2454
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2434
+#: release-manual.xml:2457
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2441
+#: release-manual.xml:2464
#, fuzzy
msgid "German"
msgstr "en alemán"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2444
+#: release-manual.xml:2467
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2447
+#: release-manual.xml:2470
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2451
+#: release-manual.xml:2474
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2454
+#: release-manual.xml:2477
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2457
+#: release-manual.xml:2480
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2461
+#: release-manual.xml:2484
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2464
+#: release-manual.xml:2487
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2467
+#: release-manual.xml:2490
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2471
+#: release-manual.xml:2494
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2474
+#: release-manual.xml:2497
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2477
+#: release-manual.xml:2500
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2481
+#: release-manual.xml:2504
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2484
+#: release-manual.xml:2507
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2487
+#: release-manual.xml:2510
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494
+#: release-manual.xml:2517
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -5889,32 +5918,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2501
+#: release-manual.xml:2524
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2507
+#: release-manual.xml:2530
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2508
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2514
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2516
+#: release-manual.xml:2539
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
@@ -5937,22 +5966,6 @@ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Java"
#~ msgstr "Java"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
-#~ msgstr "modificar el modo Kiosk"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
-#~ "TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode </ulink> "
-#~ "and write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how "
-#~ "to change them from a schooladmin POV)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
-#~ "DebianEdu </ulink> - wiki orientado a desarrolladores"
-
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
index fbeaf42..612cf41 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-26 17:07+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-27 13:22+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-24 23:52+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Claudio Carboncini <claudio.carboncini at gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: italian <debian-edu at lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr "Manuale di Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2269
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2292
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manuale Debian per la versione Edu etch 3.0 Nome codice \"Terra\""
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-26</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-27</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Questo documento è stato inserito nel <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
"computeroutput> pacchetto il<computeroutput>2007-11-23</computeroutput>."
@@ -1287,8 +1287,8 @@ msgstr ""
"funzionare<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1369 release-manual.xml:2018
-#: release-manual.xml:2053 release-manual.xml:2133
+#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1383 release-manual.xml:2041
+#: release-manual.xml:2076 release-manual.xml:2156
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -1880,8 +1880,35 @@ msgstr ""
"server quando è nella rete) con <computeroutput>unison </computeroutput>, ma "
"a oggi non ci sono howto per questo argomento."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:527
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "A note on DVD installs"
+msgstr "Una nota sui notebooks"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:529
+msgid ""
+"If you install from a DVD <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
+"computeroutput> will only contain sources from the DVD. If you have an "
+"internet connection we strongly suggest to add the following lines to it, so "
+"that available (security) updates can be installed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:533
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ etch main \n"
+"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main \n"
+"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
+"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:528
+#: release-manual.xml:542
msgid ""
"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -1889,77 +1916,77 @@ msgstr ""
"client-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:531
+#: release-manual.xml:545
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:537
+#: release-manual.xml:551
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:543
+#: release-manual.xml:557
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:549
+#: release-manual.xml:563
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:555
+#: release-manual.xml:569
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:561
+#: release-manual.xml:575
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:567
+#: release-manual.xml:581
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:573
+#: release-manual.xml:587
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:579
+#: release-manual.xml:593
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:585
+#: release-manual.xml:599
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:591
+#: release-manual.xml:605
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:597
+#: release-manual.xml:611
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:603
+#: release-manual.xml:617
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:609
+#: release-manual.xml:623
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:614
+#: release-manual.xml:628
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
@@ -1968,17 +1995,17 @@ msgstr ""
"risoluzione di questa immagine."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:617
+#: release-manual.xml:631
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:626
+#: release-manual.xml:640
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr "Partiamo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:628
+#: release-manual.xml:642
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
@@ -1987,7 +2014,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partire. Questo è il minimo da fare:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:629
+#: release-manual.xml:643
msgid ""
"adding workstations to host netgroups (for exporting home-directories via "
"NFS)"
@@ -1996,12 +2023,12 @@ msgstr ""
"directories via NFS)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:630
+#: release-manual.xml:644
msgid "adding users"
msgstr "aggiungere utenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:631
+#: release-manual.xml:645
msgid ""
"it's advised to add the workstations to the dhcpd-config - LTSP-servers must "
"be added."
@@ -2010,12 +2037,12 @@ msgstr ""
"deve essere aggiunto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:634
+#: release-manual.xml:648
msgid "This is described below."
msgstr "Questo è descritto in seguito."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:636
+#: release-manual.xml:650
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter describes more tips and "
"tricks and frequently asked questions, while this chapter describes the "
@@ -2026,17 +2053,17 @@ msgstr ""
"che tutti devono fare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:639
+#: release-manual.xml:653
msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:646
+#: release-manual.xml:660
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr "Servizi attivi sul server principale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:648
+#: release-manual.xml:662
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
@@ -2045,12 +2072,12 @@ msgstr ""
"modificati attraverso l'interfaccia web. Descriveremo qui ogni servizio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:652
+#: release-manual.xml:666
msgid "Web based management, using lwat"
msgstr "Amministrare gli utenti con lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:654
+#: release-manual.xml:668
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -2062,27 +2089,27 @@ msgstr ""
"(aggiungere, modificare, cancellare):"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:655
+#: release-manual.xml:669
msgid "User Administration"
msgstr "Amministrazione degli utenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:656
+#: release-manual.xml:670
msgid "Group Administration"
msgstr "Amministrazione dei gruppi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:657
+#: release-manual.xml:671
msgid "Automount informations"
msgstr "Informazioni su Automount"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:658
+#: release-manual.xml:672
msgid "Machine Administration"
msgstr "Amministrazione delle macchine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:661
+#: release-manual.xml:675
msgid ""
"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error message, because of "
@@ -2093,17 +2120,17 @@ msgstr ""
"due motivi:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:663
+#: release-manual.xml:677
msgid "the certificate is self-signed"
msgstr "il certificato è self-signed"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:664
+#: release-manual.xml:678
msgid "The certificate is generated for tjener.intern"
msgstr "Il certificato è generato da tjener.intern"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:665
+#: release-manual.xml:679
msgid ""
"you may also get an error if the installation is more than one month old, "
"since the certificate is only valid for one month."
@@ -2112,7 +2139,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quanto il certificato è valido solo per un mese."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:668
+#: release-manual.xml:682
msgid ""
"When you have neglected the warnings (or fixed them...), you will see the "
"page below with the menu fixed to the left part and the varying main part on "
@@ -2127,13 +2154,13 @@ msgstr ""
"prima volta dopo l'installazione, il nome di login è:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:669
+#: release-manual.xml:683
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr "admin]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:671
+#: release-manual.xml:685
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
@@ -2142,12 +2169,12 @@ msgstr ""
"root."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:674
+#: release-manual.xml:688
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:679
+#: release-manual.xml:693
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
@@ -2156,12 +2183,12 @@ msgstr ""
"compiti nel menu."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:684
+#: release-manual.xml:698
msgid "User Management with lwat"
msgstr "Amministrare gli utenti con lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:686
+#: release-manual.xml:700
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -2176,7 +2203,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sono disponibili su tutti i sistemi della rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:688
+#: release-manual.xml:702
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
@@ -2185,7 +2212,7 @@ msgstr ""
"utenti nella directory LDAP."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:690
+#: release-manual.xml:704
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -2197,12 +2224,12 @@ msgstr ""
"groups)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:694
+#: release-manual.xml:708
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr "Aggiungere utenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:696
+#: release-manual.xml:710
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -2225,42 +2252,42 @@ msgstr ""
"systemadministration. A oggi lwat conosce i ruoli seguenti:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:698
+#: release-manual.xml:712
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>role </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>ruolo</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:702
+#: release-manual.xml:716
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>granted privileges </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>privilegi concessi </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:707
+#: release-manual.xml:721
msgid "Students"
msgstr "Studenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:710
+#: release-manual.xml:724
msgid "Login and use the system"
msgstr "Login e uso del sistema"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:714
+#: release-manual.xml:728
msgid "Teachers"
msgstr "Insegnanti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:717
+#: release-manual.xml:731
msgid "Same as Students"
msgstr "Lo stesso di studenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:721
+#: release-manual.xml:735
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr "jrAdmins"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:724
+#: release-manual.xml:738
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
@@ -2269,12 +2296,12 @@ msgstr ""
"(una specie di Amministratori)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:728
+#: release-manual.xml:742
msgid "Admins"
msgstr "Amministratori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:731
+#: release-manual.xml:745
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
"machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
@@ -2284,7 +2311,7 @@ msgstr ""
"di collegarsi al dominio Skolelinux"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:738
+#: release-manual.xml:752
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
@@ -2293,7 +2320,7 @@ msgstr ""
"aggiunto al sistema."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:740
+#: release-manual.xml:754
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
@@ -2303,12 +2330,12 @@ msgstr ""
"l'utente aggiunto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:743
+#: release-manual.xml:757
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:748
+#: release-manual.xml:762
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
@@ -2318,7 +2345,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ldap (altrimenti la scheda si resetta):"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:751
+#: release-manual.xml:765
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -2332,12 +2359,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:759
+#: release-manual.xml:773
msgid "Search and delete Users"
msgstr "Cercare e cancellare utenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:761
+#: release-manual.xml:775
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -2357,12 +2384,12 @@ msgstr ""
"collegamenti alla pagina di modifica."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:764
+#: release-manual.xml:778
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:769
+#: release-manual.xml:783
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -2373,17 +2400,17 @@ msgstr ""
"dei gruppi ai quali è collegato."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:772
+#: release-manual.xml:786
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:781
+#: release-manual.xml:795
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr "Amministrazione dei gruppi con lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:783
+#: release-manual.xml:797
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -2396,7 +2423,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Nella pagina di modifica si può avere accesso a tutti gli utenti del gruppo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:785
+#: release-manual.xml:799
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
@@ -2405,12 +2432,12 @@ msgstr ""
"usare questo strumento per i permessi dei file."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:790
+#: release-manual.xml:804
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr "Amministrazione delle macchine con lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:792
+#: release-manual.xml:806
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -2427,7 +2454,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Architecture\">architettura</link> di questomanuale."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:794
+#: release-manual.xml:808
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
@@ -2436,67 +2463,67 @@ msgstr ""
"spazio di nomi. I seguenti intervalli di ip sono predefiniti:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:796
+#: release-manual.xml:810
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>First address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Primo indirizzo </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:800
+#: release-manual.xml:814
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Last address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Ultimo indirizzo </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:804
+#: release-manual.xml:818
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>hostname </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>nome dell'host </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:809
+#: release-manual.xml:823
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr "10.0.2.10"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:812
+#: release-manual.xml:826
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr "10.0.2.29"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:815
+#: release-manual.xml:829
msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:821
+#: release-manual.xml:835
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr "10.0.2.30"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:824
+#: release-manual.xml:838
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr "10.0.2.49"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:827
+#: release-manual.xml:841
msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:833
+#: release-manual.xml:847
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr "10.0.2.50"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:836
+#: release-manual.xml:850
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr "10.0.2.99"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:839
+#: release-manual.xml:853
msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:848
+#: release-manual.xml:862
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
@@ -2505,7 +2532,7 @@ msgstr ""
"riservati per il dhcp e sono assegnati dinamicamente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:850
+#: release-manual.xml:864
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -2518,19 +2545,19 @@ msgstr ""
"secondo la configurazione predefinita."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:853
+#: release-manual.xml:867
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:859 release-manual.xml:892 release-manual.xml:986
-#: release-manual.xml:1555 release-manual.xml:1566 release-manual.xml:1671
-#: release-manual.xml:1971 release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:2000
+#: release-manual.xml:873 release-manual.xml:906 release-manual.xml:1000
+#: release-manual.xml:1578 release-manual.xml:1589 release-manual.xml:1694
+#: release-manual.xml:1994 release-manual.xml:2008 release-manual.xml:2023
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:862
+#: release-manual.xml:876
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -2541,12 +2568,12 @@ msgstr ""
"configurazione del server dhcp a mano come mostrato sotto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:866
+#: release-manual.xml:880
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr "Assegnare un ip statico con dhcp"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:868
+#: release-manual.xml:882
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -2559,7 +2586,7 @@ msgstr ""
"come root."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:872
+#: release-manual.xml:886
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -2570,7 +2597,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Si dovrebbe vedere una cosa simile a questa:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:876
+#: release-manual.xml:890
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2586,7 +2613,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:882
+#: release-manual.xml:896
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
@@ -2595,7 +2622,7 @@ msgstr ""
"statico. Nel nostro esempio si dovrebbe avere questo:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:885
+#: release-manual.xml:899
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2611,7 +2638,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:895
+#: release-manual.xml:909
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
@@ -2620,12 +2647,12 @@ msgstr ""
"descritto sopra tutte le volte che si cambia la configurazione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:900
+#: release-manual.xml:914
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr "Altra documentazione lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:902
+#: release-manual.xml:916
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url='http://bzz.no/"
@@ -2636,12 +2663,12 @@ msgstr ""
"no/lwat/download/doc/'>online </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:910
+#: release-manual.xml:924
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr "Amministrazione delle stampanti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:912
+#: release-manual.xml:926
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://"
"www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site "
@@ -2656,7 +2683,7 @@ msgstr ""
"protocollo che usa la criptazione ssl."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:915
+#: release-manual.xml:929
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -2667,12 +2694,12 @@ msgstr ""
"to do when this does not accomplish anything."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:921
+#: release-manual.xml:935
msgid "Clock synchronization"
msgstr "Sincronizzazione dell'orologio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:923
+#: release-manual.xml:937
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -2691,7 +2718,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ISDN occupata tutto il tempo, per telefonate extra."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:925
+#: release-manual.xml:939
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -2710,12 +2737,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:933
+#: release-manual.xml:947
msgid "Extend full partitions"
msgstr "Partizioni estese piene"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:935
+#: release-manual.xml:949
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
@@ -2730,17 +2757,17 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Administration\">nel capitolo amministrazione</link>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:943
+#: release-manual.xml:957
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr "Manutenzione"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:947
+#: release-manual.xml:961
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr "Aggiornare il software"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:949
+#: release-manual.xml:963
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
@@ -2749,7 +2776,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> e kde-update-notifier."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:952
+#: release-manual.xml:966
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -2765,7 +2792,7 @@ msgstr ""
"disponibile)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:957
+#: release-manual.xml:971
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
@@ -2774,7 +2801,7 @@ msgstr ""
"notifier. FIXME: Occorre spiegare, forse con uno screenshot."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:959
+#: release-manual.xml:973
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -2785,7 +2812,7 @@ msgstr ""
"configurarli mandando una mail all'indirizzo che stai leggendo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:963
+#: release-manual.xml:977
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -2799,7 +2826,7 @@ msgstr ""
"upgrade </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:967
+#: release-manual.xml:981
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
@@ -2808,12 +2835,12 @@ msgstr ""
"cambiamenti effettuati."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:973
+#: release-manual.xml:987
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr "Amministrazione di Backup"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:975
+#: release-manual.xml:989
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
@@ -2827,7 +2854,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ssl si ottiene un errore."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:978
+#: release-manual.xml:992
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to /"
@@ -2840,7 +2867,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cancellato qualcosa) questo strumento è molto utile."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:982
+#: release-manual.xml:996
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
@@ -2849,7 +2876,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installa da etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:989
+#: release-manual.xml:1003
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
@@ -2858,7 +2885,7 @@ msgstr ""
"degli hard disk."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:991
+#: release-manual.xml:1005
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit. "
@@ -2871,17 +2898,17 @@ msgstr ""
"describe this further"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:996
+#: release-manual.xml:1010
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr "Monitorare il Server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1000
+#: release-manual.xml:1014
msgid "Munin"
msgstr "Munin"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1002
+#: release-manual.xml:1016
msgid ""
"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
"munin/'>https://www/munin/ </ulink>. It provides system status measurement "
@@ -2896,7 +2923,7 @@ msgstr ""
"i colli di bottiglia e per l'origine dei problemi del sistem."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1005
+#: release-manual.xml:1019
msgid ""
"The list of machines being monitored using munin is generated automatically "
"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the "
@@ -2919,7 +2946,7 @@ msgstr ""
"server che contriene (normalmente il server-principale)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1009
+#: release-manual.xml:1023
msgid ""
"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url='http://"
"munin.projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> ."
@@ -2928,12 +2955,12 @@ msgstr ""
"munin.projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> ."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1015
+#: release-manual.xml:1029
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr "Nagios"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1017
+#: release-manual.xml:1031
msgid ""
"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url='https://"
"www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
@@ -2942,7 +2969,7 @@ msgstr ""
"url='https://www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1020
+#: release-manual.xml:1034
msgid ""
"The username is nagiosadmin and the password is undefined, you must set your "
"own password before you can login and use nagios. For security reasons, "
@@ -2955,7 +2982,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la password occorre eseguire il seguente comando come root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: release-manual.xml:1037
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"htpasswd /etc/nagios2/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin\n"
@@ -2965,7 +2992,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1026
+#: release-manual.xml:1040
msgid ""
"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
@@ -2980,7 +3007,7 @@ msgstr ""
"etc/nagios2/debian-edu/contacts.cfg </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1032
+#: release-manual.xml:1046
msgid ""
"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url='http://www."
"nagios.org/'>http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
@@ -2991,12 +3018,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>nagios2-doc </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1039
+#: release-manual.xml:1053
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr "Sommario del Sito"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1041
+#: release-manual.xml:1055
msgid ""
"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
"sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
@@ -3005,7 +3032,7 @@ msgstr ""
"www/sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1044
+#: release-manual.xml:1058
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
@@ -3016,12 +3043,12 @@ msgstr ""
"HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1052
+#: release-manual.xml:1066
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr "Aggiornamenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1054
+#: release-manual.xml:1068
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
@@ -3036,7 +3063,7 @@ msgstr ""
"SENZA GARANZIA, per quanto consentito dalla legge. </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1057
+#: release-manual.xml:1071
msgid ""
"More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -3047,7 +3074,7 @@ msgstr ""
"disponibile nel relativo manuale."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1060
+#: release-manual.xml:1074
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -3059,7 +3086,7 @@ msgstr ""
"configurato nello stesso modo del server di produzione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1062
+#: release-manual.xml:1076
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
"weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
@@ -3077,12 +3104,12 @@ msgstr ""
"accada nel'Aprile 2008."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1067
+#: release-manual.xml:1081
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr "Aggiornamento da Debian Edu sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1069
+#: release-manual.xml:1083
msgid ""
"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
@@ -3090,7 +3117,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'aggiornamento del sistema."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1071
+#: release-manual.xml:1085
msgid ""
"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian."
"org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
@@ -3109,12 +3136,12 @@ msgstr ""
"upgrading from kernel 2.4 to 2.6 </ulink> prima di installare!)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1078
+#: release-manual.xml:1092
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr "Schema di partizionamento cambiato"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1080
+#: release-manual.xml:1094
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -3125,19 +3152,19 @@ msgstr ""
"due gruppi di volume:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1081
+#: release-manual.xml:1095
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
msgstr ""
"vg_data che contiene i dati della partizione come /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1082
+#: release-manual.xml:1096
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
msgstr ""
"vg_system contiene la partizione del Sistema come /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1085
+#: release-manual.xml:1099
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
@@ -3146,7 +3173,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dell'Installer."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1087
+#: release-manual.xml:1101
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
@@ -3166,13 +3193,13 @@ msgstr ""
"disco."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1092
+#: release-manual.xml:1106
#, fuzzy
msgid "Prepare the system"
msgstr "Preparazione del sistema"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1094
+#: release-manual.xml:1108
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
@@ -3182,7 +3209,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lv_var- occorre ridimensionare questa partizione:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1096
+#: release-manual.xml:1110
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
@@ -3194,7 +3221,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pacchetto <computeroutput>subversion </computeroutput> istallato):"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1099
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -3206,46 +3233,46 @@ msgstr ""
"umount -fl /var ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: release-manual.xml:1118
#, fuzzy
msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
msgstr "2.) fsck nella partizione:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: release-manual.xml:1118
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1121
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
msgstr "3.) ridimensionare la partizione:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1121
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1110
+#: release-manual.xml:1124
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
msgstr "4.) ridimensionare il filesystem:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1110
+#: release-manual.xml:1124
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1113
+#: release-manual.xml:1127
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
msgstr "5.) montare le partizioni di nuovo:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1113
+#: release-manual.xml:1127
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -3257,7 +3284,7 @@ msgstr ""
"/etc/init.d/squid start ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1121
+#: release-manual.xml:1135
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
@@ -3267,7 +3294,7 @@ msgstr ""
"avere informazioni su come queste variabili vanno usate."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1123
+#: release-manual.xml:1137
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
@@ -3278,13 +3305,13 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1129
+#: release-manual.xml:1143
#, fuzzy
msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
msgstr "Ora incominciamo a ad aggiornare con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1130
+#: release-manual.xml:1144
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -3294,13 +3321,13 @@ msgstr ""
"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1138
+#: release-manual.xml:1152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr "Risposte a Debconf che appaiono durante l'aggiornamento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1140
+#: release-manual.xml:1154
msgid ""
"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
@@ -3308,7 +3335,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1142
+#: release-manual.xml:1156
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
@@ -3329,12 +3356,12 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) o IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1145
+#: release-manual.xml:1159
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr "* Configurare nagios-common."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1147
+#: release-manual.xml:1161
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
@@ -3343,44 +3370,44 @@ msgstr ""
"Occorre inserire una password per l'utente <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1152
+#: release-manual.xml:1166
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr "* Configurare console-data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1153
+#: release-manual.xml:1167
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
msgstr "Scegliere \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1156
+#: release-manual.xml:1170
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr "* Configurare openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#: release-manual.xml:1171
#, fuzzy
msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
msgstr "Non disattivare la challenge-response Auth."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1160
+#: release-manual.xml:1174
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr "* Configurare systat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1161
+#: release-manual.xml:1175
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
msgstr "Scegliere il default (yes)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1164
+#: release-manual.xml:1178
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr "* Configurare popularity-contest"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1165
+#: release-manual.xml:1179
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
@@ -3392,63 +3419,63 @@ msgstr ""
"usati). Naturalmente in maniera anonima."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1168
+#: release-manual.xml:1182
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr "* Configure libnss-ldap"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1170
+#: release-manual.xml:1184
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr "Al prompt inserire: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1174
+#: release-manual.xml:1188
msgid ""
"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr "Al prompt inserire: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#: release-manual.xml:1191
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
msgstr "Usare qui ldapversion 3"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1178
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
#, fuzzy
msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
msgstr "Quale acconto dovrebbe usare root per ldap lookups FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1179
+#: release-manual.xml:1193
msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
msgstr "Quale password dovrebbe usare root qui FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1182
+#: release-manual.xml:1196
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Aggiornare ora glibc. Rispondere qui Yes."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1184
+#: release-manual.xml:1198
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Lanciare di nuovo i Servizi. Risponder qui Yes."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1186
+#: release-manual.xml:1200
msgid ""
"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
"packages installed."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1188
+#: release-manual.xml:1202
msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1190
+#: release-manual.xml:1204
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
@@ -3462,12 +3489,12 @@ msgstr ""
"l'ultima."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1192
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr "L'aggiornamento si interrompe con questo messaggio:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1193
+#: release-manual.xml:1207
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3483,7 +3510,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1199
+#: release-manual.xml:1213
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -3498,35 +3525,35 @@ msgstr ""
"</emphasis>. Poi occorre riavviare il processo di aggiornamento con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1203
+#: release-manual.xml:1217
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1205
+#: release-manual.xml:1219
#, fuzzy
msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
msgstr "Ancora lavoro per aggiornare:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1207
+#: release-manual.xml:1221
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr "* Alcuni file di configurazione modificati (nagios)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1208
+#: release-manual.xml:1222
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
msgstr "Dovresti sempre lasciare quello installato (default) e premere enter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#: release-manual.xml:1225
#, fuzzy
msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
msgstr "Quando l'installazione si interrompe più tardi:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1212
+#: release-manual.xml:1226
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3540,7 +3567,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1217
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
@@ -3554,7 +3581,7 @@ msgstr ""
"emphasis> i permessi dei file di configurazione devono essere cambiati:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1234
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -3564,7 +3591,7 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1223
+#: release-manual.xml:1237
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
@@ -3575,18 +3602,18 @@ msgstr ""
"riavviare dist-upgrade di nuovo con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1225
+#: release-manual.xml:1239
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: release-manual.xml:1241
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr "Il prossimo errore è questo:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1228
+#: release-manual.xml:1242
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3598,24 +3625,24 @@ msgstr ""
"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1232
+#: release-manual.xml:1246
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr "Occorre rimuovere il pacchetto: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> con"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1234
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1236
+#: release-manual.xml:1250
msgid ""
"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr "e aspettare fino alla fine.Poi riavviare di nuovo dist-upgrade."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1238
+#: release-manual.xml:1252
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
@@ -3624,12 +3651,12 @@ msgstr ""
"altri errori."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1257
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
msgstr "Problemi nell'aggiornamento di bind"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: release-manual.xml:1259
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
@@ -3638,13 +3665,13 @@ msgstr ""
"cambiare il proprietario di tutti i file di configurazione di bind."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1260
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1248
+#: release-manual.xml:1262
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?"
"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for more information."
@@ -3653,12 +3680,12 @@ msgstr ""
"bugreport.cgi?bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1254
+#: release-manual.xml:1268
msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1256
+#: release-manual.xml:1270
msgid ""
"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
@@ -3668,7 +3695,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1258
+#: release-manual.xml:1272
msgid ""
"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
@@ -3676,7 +3703,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1259
+#: release-manual.xml:1273
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
@@ -3686,7 +3713,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1264
+#: release-manual.xml:1278
msgid ""
"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
@@ -3695,12 +3722,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1270
+#: release-manual.xml:1284
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr "Aggiornamenti da installazioni Debian Edu / Skolelinux più vecchie"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1272
+#: release-manual.xml:1286
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
@@ -3715,39 +3742,39 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>. Poi occorre fare l'aggiornamento a Terrra (versione etch)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1279
+#: release-manual.xml:1293
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "HowTo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1281
+#: release-manual.xml:1295
msgid ""
"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
msgstr ""
"HowTo per <link linkend=\"Administration\">amministrazione generale</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1284
+#: release-manual.xml:1298
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"Desktop\">il desktop</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1287
+#: release-manual.xml:1301
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">client della rete</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1290
+#: release-manual.xml:1304
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">insegnare e imparare</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1297
+#: release-manual.xml:1311
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr "HowTo per l'amministrazione generale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1299
+#: release-manual.xml:1313
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"Maintainance\">Maintainance</link> chapters describe how to get "
@@ -3760,7 +3787,7 @@ msgstr ""
"questo capitolo sono già accorgimenti e trucchi \"avanzati\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1305
+#: release-manual.xml:1319
msgid ""
"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
@@ -3768,39 +3795,39 @@ msgstr ""
"server principale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1306
+#: release-manual.xml:1320
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
msgstr "installazione di barebone con l'uso di debian-edu-expert"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1307
+#: release-manual.xml:1321
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr "installare il pacchetto per il servizio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1308
+#: release-manual.xml:1322
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr "configurare ilo servizio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1309
+#: release-manual.xml:1323
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr "disattivare il servizio nel server principale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1310
+#: release-manual.xml:1324
msgid "update dns on main-server"
msgstr "aggiornare il dns sul server principale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1316
+#: release-manual.xml:1330
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr ""
"Tenere traccia della directory /etc/ con la versione svk per il controllo "
"del sistema "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1318
+#: release-manual.xml:1332
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
"computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
@@ -3818,7 +3845,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1323
+#: release-manual.xml:1337
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
@@ -3829,12 +3856,12 @@ msgstr ""
"fatti in <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> sono registrati ogni ora."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1326
+#: release-manual.xml:1340
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr "Elenco di comandi utili:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1327
+#: release-manual.xml:1341
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -3852,12 +3879,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1336
+#: release-manual.xml:1350
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr "Esempi di uso"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1338
+#: release-manual.xml:1352
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
@@ -3866,7 +3893,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sono stati fatti dall'installazione iniziale:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1341
+#: release-manual.xml:1355
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
@@ -3876,12 +3903,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1344
+#: release-manual.xml:1358
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr "Per vedere i cambiamenti fatti in /etc/, usare questo comando:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1347
+#: release-manual.xml:1361
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
@@ -3891,14 +3918,14 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1350
+#: release-manual.xml:1364
msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
msgstr ""
"Per vedere i cambiamenti effettuati su un determinato file occorre "
"specificarlo:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1353
+#: release-manual.xml:1367
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
@@ -3908,7 +3935,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1356
+#: release-manual.xml:1370
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
@@ -3918,7 +3945,7 @@ msgstr ""
"automaticamente:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1359
+#: release-manual.xml:1373
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -3928,14 +3955,14 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1362
+#: release-manual.xml:1376
msgid ""
"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr ""
"Per registrare i manualmente cambiamenti di un file senza aspettare un'ora:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1365
+#: release-manual.xml:1379
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
@@ -3945,7 +3972,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1368
+#: release-manual.xml:1382
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -3954,7 +3981,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ignorarlo. Questa operazione è raramente utile<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1375
+#: release-manual.xml:1389
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
@@ -3964,12 +3991,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1381
+#: release-manual.xml:1395
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr "Per coloro che aggiornano da sarge/woody"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1383
+#: release-manual.xml:1397
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -3980,7 +4007,7 @@ msgstr ""
"svk una volta con il seguente comando come root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1386
+#: release-manual.xml:1400
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -3990,7 +4017,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1389
+#: release-manual.xml:1403
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
@@ -3998,12 +4025,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Il comando aggiunge in /etc tutti i file a svk e attiva il commit cronjob."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1395
+#: release-manual.xml:1409
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr "Ridimensionare partizioni"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1397
+#: release-manual.xml:1411
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -4018,7 +4045,7 @@ msgstr ""
"queste non siano montate."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1399
+#: release-manual.xml:1413
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -4032,7 +4059,7 @@ msgstr ""
"creare più partizioni piccole che una molto ampia."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1401
+#: release-manual.xml:1415
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -4057,12 +4084,12 @@ msgstr ""
"effettivamente il file system."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1410
+#: release-manual.xml:1424
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
msgstr "Amministrazione dei volumi logici"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1412
+#: release-manual.xml:1426
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
@@ -4073,12 +4100,12 @@ msgstr ""
"www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1419
+#: release-manual.xml:1433
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr "Usare volatile.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1421
+#: release-manual.xml:1435
msgid ""
"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
@@ -4086,18 +4113,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1426
+#: release-manual.xml:1440
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1428
+#: release-manual.xml:1442
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>ruolo</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1430
+#: release-manual.xml:1444
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -4109,12 +4136,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1436
+#: release-manual.xml:1450
msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1438
+#: release-manual.xml:1452
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
@@ -4124,7 +4151,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#: release-manual.xml:1457
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -4134,27 +4161,27 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1446
+#: release-manual.xml:1460
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1453
+#: release-manual.xml:1467
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr "Usare backports.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1455
+#: release-manual.xml:1469
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
-"It runs great, there is just one problem sometimes: some software is a "
-"little bit more outdated as you like. This is where backports.org come in."
+"It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
+"more outdated as you like. This is where backports.org steps in."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1457
+#: release-manual.xml:1471
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
@@ -4167,7 +4194,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1461
+#: release-manual.xml:1475
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
@@ -4176,17 +4203,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1467
+#: release-manual.xml:1481
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"# install the debian-keyring securily\n"
+"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
-"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily\n"
+"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add - \n"
+"# update the list of available packages:\n"
+"aptitude update\n"
"]]>\n"
"</screen>\n"
+"<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
+"</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
+"</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url='http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instructions on backports.org\n"
+"</ulink>. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you need to update manually. \n"
+"</para>\n"
"</section>\n"
"\n"
"<section>\n"
@@ -4194,70 +4230,93 @@ msgid ""
"</title>\n"
"<para>\n"
"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
-"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
-"<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
-"</title><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
-"<para>FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode\n"
-"</ulink> and write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how to change them from a schooladmin POV) \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Modifying the kdm login screen\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/\n"
-"</computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} package: \n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1510 release-manual.xml:1951 release-manual.xml:2049
+msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+msgstr "HowTo da wiki.debian.org"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1512 release-manual.xml:1953 release-manual.xml:2051
+msgid ""
+"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
+"specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them "
+"over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to "
+"find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the "
+"GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Gli HowTo a <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> sono specifici per utenti o "
+"sviluppatori. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them "
+"over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to "
+"find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the "
+"GPL.)"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1540
+msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
+msgstr "HowTo per il desktop"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1546
+msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
+msgstr "Modo Kiosk di KDE"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1548
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+"TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode </ulink> and "
+"write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how to "
+"change them from a schooladmin POV)"
+msgstr ""
+"FIXME: vedere <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+"TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode </ulink> e "
+"scrivere una descrizione pulita del setting di kiosk mode. (esp. how to "
+"change them from a schooladmin POV)"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1556
+msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
+msgstr "Modifcare il login screen di kdm"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1558
+msgid ""
+"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
+"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
+"computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default."
+msgstr ""
+"In Debian/Etch, il modo per personalizzare il login screem di kdm è "
+"cambiato. Ora è attivato aggiungendo un file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/"
+"kdm.d/ </computeroutput> specificando le variabili che sovrascrivono il "
+"default."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1561
+msgid ""
+"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
+"package:"
+msgstr ""
+"Sotto un esempio usato per attivare il tema nel pacchetto {{desktop-base}}}:"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1562
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
"THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
+"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
+"THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"\n"
+"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1543
+#: release-manual.xml:1566
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
@@ -4266,12 +4325,12 @@ msgstr ""
"avere informazioni su come queste variabili vanno usate."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1549
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1551
+#: release-manual.xml:1574
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
@@ -4286,7 +4345,7 @@ msgstr ""
"documenting this if it does not work. pere 2007-07-12]."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1558
+#: release-manual.xml:1581
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
@@ -4295,7 +4354,7 @@ msgstr ""
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1560
+#: release-manual.xml:1583
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
@@ -4304,7 +4363,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Funziona sia con konqueror che firefox."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1562
+#: release-manual.xml:1585
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -4318,7 +4377,7 @@ msgstr ""
"come root."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1569 release-manual.xml:2003
+#: release-manual.xml:1592 release-manual.xml:2026
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -4331,7 +4390,7 @@ msgstr ""
"assicurare un download sicuro."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1573
+#: release-manual.xml:1596
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
@@ -4340,7 +4399,7 @@ msgstr ""
"root fare il download via webbrowser o con wget:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1574
+#: release-manual.xml:1597
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4350,7 +4409,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1577
+#: release-manual.xml:1600
msgid ""
"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
@@ -4358,7 +4417,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cosa occorre rimuoverlo:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1578
+#: release-manual.xml:1601
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -4368,12 +4427,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1581
+#: release-manual.xml:1604
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr "Poi installare"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1582
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4383,17 +4442,17 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1588
+#: release-manual.xml:1611
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Altri plugin utili"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1590
+#: release-manual.xml:1613
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr "Dopo aver aggiunto il repository per il multimedia:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1591
+#: release-manual.xml:1614
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4403,12 +4462,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1597
+#: release-manual.xml:1620
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr "Far funzionare DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1599
+#: release-manual.xml:1622
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -4419,7 +4478,7 @@ msgstr ""
"di usarla si può scaricare il pacchetto da debian-multimedia.org."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1601
+#: release-manual.xml:1624
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
@@ -4428,7 +4487,7 @@ msgstr ""
"trovare un mirror, o aggiungere "
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1602
+#: release-manual.xml:1625
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -4438,7 +4497,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1605
+#: release-manual.xml:1628
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
@@ -4447,12 +4506,12 @@ msgstr ""
"multimedia (debian-multimedia-keyring)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1607
+#: release-manual.xml:1630
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr "Installare multimedia e librerie dvd"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1608
+#: release-manual.xml:1631
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4462,17 +4521,17 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1615
+#: release-manual.xml:1638
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr "HowTo per i client di rete"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1621
+#: release-manual.xml:1644
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Thin Clients vs workstation senza disco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1623
+#: release-manual.xml:1646
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -4485,17 +4544,17 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1629
+#: release-manual.xml:1652
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr "LTSP in dettaglio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1633
+#: release-manual.xml:1656
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr "lts.conf"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1635
+#: release-manual.xml:1658
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -4510,7 +4569,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quali parametri si può specificare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1639
+#: release-manual.xml:1662
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -4523,7 +4582,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1643
+#: release-manual.xml:1666
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
@@ -4532,7 +4591,7 @@ msgstr ""
"1280x1024 aggiungere qualcosa di questo genere:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1646
+#: release-manual.xml:1669
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -4548,12 +4607,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1652
+#: release-manual.xml:1675
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr "in qualche posto sotto la sezione default."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1654
+#: release-manual.xml:1677
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
@@ -4562,7 +4621,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(premendo alt+ctrl+backspace) o riavviare il client."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1656
+#: release-manual.xml:1679
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -4575,13 +4634,13 @@ msgstr ""
"conf </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1663
+#: release-manual.xml:1686
#, fuzzy
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr "equilibrare il carico sui server LTSP"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1665
+#: release-manual.xml:1688
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -4600,7 +4659,7 @@ msgstr ""
"includere la chiave ssh dell'host per ognuno dei server."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1674
+#: release-manual.xml:1697
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
@@ -4609,12 +4668,12 @@ msgstr ""
"0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 è stata inclusa nella 3.0r1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1679
+#: release-manual.xml:1702
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1681
+#: release-manual.xml:1704
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -4623,28 +4682,28 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1683
+#: release-manual.xml:1706
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1685
+#: release-manual.xml:1708
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1691
+#: release-manual.xml:1714
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Connettere macchine windows alla rete / integrazione con windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1695
+#: release-manual.xml:1718
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr "Collegarsi al dominio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1697
+#: release-manual.xml:1720
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4657,7 +4716,7 @@ msgstr ""
"degli utenti e autenticare gli utenti attraverso il login."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1699
+#: release-manual.xml:1722
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
@@ -4666,14 +4725,14 @@ msgstr ""
"richiesti:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1701
+#: release-manual.xml:1724
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr "1. Creare un utente (se non esiste) come membro del gruppo \"admins\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1703
+#: release-manual.xml:1726
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -4688,12 +4747,12 @@ msgstr ""
"collegarsi in quanto non c'è la password di root per Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1708
+#: release-manual.xml:1731
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Configurare i client Windows come host statici"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1710
+#: release-manual.xml:1733
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4715,7 +4774,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'autenticazione al dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1714
+#: release-manual.xml:1737
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
@@ -4725,7 +4784,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(nome dell'host e configurazione ip)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1715
+#: release-manual.xml:1738
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
@@ -4734,13 +4793,13 @@ msgstr ""
"non troverà l'the host aggiunto nel passo 2."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1718
+#: release-manual.xml:1741
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
"4. Collegarsi al dominio normaalmente usando l'utente definito al passo 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1719
+#: release-manual.xml:1742
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4764,7 +4823,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1722
+#: release-manual.xml:1745
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -4780,12 +4839,12 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Own files\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1726
+#: release-manual.xml:1749
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1728
+#: release-manual.xml:1751
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -4796,7 +4855,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1732
+#: release-manual.xml:1755
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -4806,12 +4865,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1741
+#: release-manual.xml:1764
msgid "XP home"
msgstr "XP home"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1743
+#: release-manual.xml:1766
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -4825,12 +4884,12 @@ msgstr ""
"rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1748
+#: release-manual.xml:1771
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr "Amministrare profili roaming"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1750
+#: release-manual.xml:1773
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4848,7 +4907,7 @@ msgstr ""
"attraverso il server."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1752
+#: release-manual.xml:1775
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -4865,7 +4924,7 @@ msgstr ""
"usano il profilo per scrivere dati."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1754
+#: release-manual.xml:1777
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -4878,7 +4937,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ascoltare dire loro di non lamentarsi se il loro login è molto lento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1757
+#: release-manual.xml:1780
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -4895,24 +4954,24 @@ msgstr ""
"rimuovere dal profilo dell'utente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1762 release-manual.xml:1845
+#: release-manual.xml:1785 release-manual.xml:1868
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr "Usare una politica per le macchine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1764
+#: release-manual.xml:1787
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
"si può modificare la policy della macchina e copiarla in altri computer."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1765
+#: release-manual.xml:1788
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
"scegliere un computer con windows appena installato e esegui gpedit.msc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#: release-manual.xml:1790
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -4927,37 +4986,37 @@ msgstr ""
"linguaggio utilizzato. Esempi di directory da escludere sono"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1768
+#: release-manual.xml:1791
msgid "log"
msgstr "log"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1769
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr "Setting locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1770 release-manual.xml:1773
+#: release-manual.xml:1793 release-manual.xml:1796
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr "File temporanei internet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1771
+#: release-manual.xml:1794
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr "Documenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1772
+#: release-manual.xml:1795
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr "Application Data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1776
+#: release-manual.xml:1799
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr "Salvare i cambiamenti e uscire dall'editor dei testi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1778
+#: release-manual.xml:1801
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
@@ -4966,7 +5025,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in tutte le altre macchine windows."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1780
+#: release-manual.xml:1803
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
@@ -4975,12 +5034,12 @@ msgstr ""
"durante l'installazione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1788 release-manual.xml:1861 release-manual.xml:1886
+#: release-manual.xml:1811 release-manual.xml:1884 release-manual.xml:1909
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr "Usare una politica globale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1790
+#: release-manual.xml:1813
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -4997,12 +5056,12 @@ msgstr ""
"qui... FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1795
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr "Modificare il registro di Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1797
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
@@ -5011,12 +5070,12 @@ msgstr ""
"chiave di registro sugli altri computer"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1798
+#: release-manual.xml:1821
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr "Esegui Registry Editor."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1800
+#: release-manual.xml:1823
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
@@ -5025,19 +5084,19 @@ msgstr ""
"\\Windows NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#: release-manual.xml:1827
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Usare il menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1808
+#: release-manual.xml:1831
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr "Scrivere <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811
+#: release-manual.xml:1834
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
@@ -5046,7 +5105,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(lo stesso per la politica delle macchine)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1814
+#: release-manual.xml:1837
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5057,17 +5116,17 @@ msgstr ""
"doppio click su questo per modificare il registro delle altre macchine."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1816
+#: release-manual.xml:1839
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Sorgenti:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1839
+#: release-manual.xml:1862
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr "Redirigere parti di profilo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1841
+#: release-manual.xml:1864
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5081,7 +5140,7 @@ msgstr ""
"programmi non ben programmati usati nella rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#: release-manual.xml:1870
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -5095,7 +5154,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Documenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1849
+#: release-manual.xml:1872
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5106,14 +5165,14 @@ msgstr ""
"si vuole utilizzare questa caratteristica si dovrebbe disabilitare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1851
+#: release-manual.xml:1874
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1854
+#: release-manual.xml:1877
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
@@ -5122,22 +5181,22 @@ msgstr ""
"Files"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1863
+#: release-manual.xml:1886
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr "FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1869
+#: release-manual.xml:1892
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr "Evitare i profili roaming"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1896
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr "Usare una policy locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1875
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5148,14 +5207,14 @@ msgstr ""
"esempio macchine dedicate, o macchine che dispongono di poca banda."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1877
+#: release-manual.xml:1900
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
"Si può usare il metodo della policy delle macchine descritta sopra, la "
"chiave si trova in"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1879
+#: release-manual.xml:1902
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
@@ -5164,17 +5223,17 @@ msgstr ""
"profiles"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1888
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr "FIXME: quale la chiave dei profili roaming per la politica global"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1893
+#: release-manual.xml:1916
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr "modificare la configurazione samba"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1895
+#: release-manual.xml:1918
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5189,7 +5248,7 @@ msgstr ""
"path e logon home, poi riavviare samba."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1921
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5201,12 +5260,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1907
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr "Desktop remoti con RDP, VNC, NX o Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1909
+#: release-manual.xml:1932
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -5217,7 +5276,7 @@ msgstr ""
"che hanno Windows, Mac o Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1911
+#: release-manual.xml:1934
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5226,7 +5285,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1915
+#: release-manual.xml:1938
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5235,7 +5294,7 @@ msgstr ""
"occorre installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1918
+#: release-manual.xml:1941
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5248,7 +5307,7 @@ msgstr ""
"detto che questa soluzione è stabile."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1920
+#: release-manual.xml:1943
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
@@ -5256,40 +5315,18 @@ msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> per accedere a Windows terminal server da Skolelinux."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1928 release-manual.xml:2026
-msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
-msgstr "HowTo da wiki.debian.org"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930 release-manual.xml:2028
-msgid ""
-"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
-"specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them "
-"over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to "
-"find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the "
-"GPL.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Gli HowTo a <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> sono specifici per utenti o "
-"sviluppatori. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them "
-"over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to "
-"find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the "
-"GPL.)"
-
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1946
+#: release-manual.xml:1969
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr "HowTo per insegnare e imparare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1952
+#: release-manual.xml:1975
msgid "moodle"
msgstr "moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1954
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
@@ -5298,7 +5335,7 @@ msgstr ""
"per installare moodle."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1957
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
msgid ""
"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
"credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
@@ -5307,12 +5344,12 @@ msgstr ""
"crediti. FIXME: più esempi, etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1962
+#: release-manual.xml:1985
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr "Monitorare gli allievi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1964
+#: release-manual.xml:1987
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
@@ -5321,7 +5358,7 @@ msgstr ""
"monitorare i loro studenti. FIXME: spiegare come installarlo e usarlo."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1967
+#: release-manual.xml:1990
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc\n"
@@ -5331,7 +5368,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1974
+#: release-manual.xml:1997
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
@@ -5341,12 +5378,12 @@ msgstr ""
"giurisdizione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:2003
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr "Limitare agli allievi l'accesso alla rete"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1982
+#: release-manual.xml:2005
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
@@ -5355,7 +5392,7 @@ msgstr ""
"internet. FIXME: spiegare come si installa e si usa."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1988
+#: release-manual.xml:2011
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -5366,12 +5403,12 @@ msgstr ""
"etico o illegale nella giurisdizione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1994
+#: release-manual.xml:2017
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr "Installare swi-prolog in etch"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -5382,7 +5419,7 @@ msgstr ""
"un sistema etch."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2008
+#: release-manual.xml:2031
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -5402,7 +5439,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2016
+#: release-manual.xml:2039
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -5411,7 +5448,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2054
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -5422,22 +5459,22 @@ msgstr ""
"interessante"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2040
+#: release-manual.xml:2063
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Contribuire"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2044
+#: release-manual.xml:2067
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr "Facci sapere che esisti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2047
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2052
+#: release-manual.xml:2075
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -5449,7 +5486,7 @@ msgstr ""
"molto ed è già un modo concreto per contribuire. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2058
+#: release-manual.xml:2081
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -5466,12 +5503,12 @@ msgstr ""
"questa scheda</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2064
+#: release-manual.xml:2087
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Contribuire localmente"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2066
+#: release-manual.xml:2089
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -5482,7 +5519,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Grecia, Olanda, Giappone e nel resto del mondo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2068
+#: release-manual.xml:2091
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -5493,12 +5530,12 @@ msgstr ""
"e<emphasis>supportare </emphasis> sono le due facce della stessa medaglia."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2075
+#: release-manual.xml:2098
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Contribuire globalmente"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2077
+#: release-manual.xml:2100
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
@@ -5508,7 +5545,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ambiti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2103
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -5521,7 +5558,7 @@ msgstr ""
"frequentemente in incontri in presenza dove ci incontriamo di persona."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2083
+#: release-manual.xml:2106
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -5532,12 +5569,12 @@ msgstr ""
"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits'>commit</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2112
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "Documentazione per autori e traduttori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -5550,7 +5587,7 @@ msgstr ""
"conoscenza con noi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2093
+#: release-manual.xml:2116
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
@@ -5567,7 +5604,7 @@ msgstr ""
"no/UserPreferences'>crea un nuovo utente wiki </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2101
+#: release-manual.xml:2124
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -5581,7 +5618,7 @@ msgstr ""
"libro!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2103
+#: release-manual.xml:2126
msgid ""
"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
@@ -5598,22 +5635,22 @@ msgstr ""
"trasferiremo il documento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2114
+#: release-manual.xml:2137
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2118
+#: release-manual.xml:2141
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Supporto basato sui volontari"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2122
+#: release-manual.xml:2145
msgid "in english"
msgstr "in inglese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2128
+#: release-manual.xml:2151
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -5624,7 +5661,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2132
+#: release-manual.xml:2155
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -5635,12 +5672,12 @@ msgstr ""
"accade <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2143
+#: release-manual.xml:2166
msgid "in norwegian"
msgstr "in norvegese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2145
+#: release-manual.xml:2168
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -5651,7 +5688,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2149
+#: release-manual.xml:2172
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5664,18 +5701,18 @@ msgstr ""
"in Norvegia (FRISK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2152
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel per aiutare utenti norvegesi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2158
+#: release-manual.xml:2181
msgid "in german"
msgstr "in tedesco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2160
+#: release-manual.xml:2183
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
@@ -5684,7 +5721,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2164
+#: release-manual.xml:2187
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
@@ -5693,19 +5730,19 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki con molti HowTo, etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2167
+#: release-manual.xml:2190
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC canale per supportare gli utenti "
"tedeschi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2173
+#: release-manual.xml:2196
msgid "in french"
msgstr "in francese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
@@ -5714,12 +5751,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - mailinglist di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: release-manual.xml:2207
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Supporto professionale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2209
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -5730,12 +5767,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2193
+#: release-manual.xml:2216
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright e autori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2195
+#: release-manual.xml:2218
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
@@ -5749,7 +5786,7 @@ msgstr ""
"divertimento!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2197
+#: release-manual.xml:2220
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -5761,12 +5798,12 @@ msgstr ""
"inserisci il tuo nome qui e rilascialo sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2203
+#: release-manual.xml:2226
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright di traduzione e autori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2205
+#: release-manual.xml:2228
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -5775,7 +5812,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2207
+#: release-manual.xml:2230
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"and Håvard Korsvoll and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -5784,7 +5821,7 @@ msgstr ""
"copyright 2007, sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2209
+#: release-manual.xml:2232
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert and Jürgen Leibner and is "
@@ -5795,7 +5832,7 @@ msgstr ""
"successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2211
+#: release-manual.xml:2234
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -5804,12 +5841,12 @@ msgstr ""
"sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2216
+#: release-manual.xml:2239
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Traduzioni di questo documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2218
+#: release-manual.xml:2241
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
@@ -5818,12 +5855,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Esistono traduzione incomplete di Norvegese Bokmål, Spagnolo e Tedesco."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2222
+#: release-manual.xml:2245
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Come tradurre questo documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2224
+#: release-manual.xml:2247
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -5838,7 +5875,7 @@ msgstr ""
"iniziare a tradurre questo documento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2227
+#: release-manual.xml:2250
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -5853,7 +5890,7 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>]."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2231
+#: release-manual.xml:2254
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -5865,7 +5902,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pacchetto <computeroutput>subversion </computeroutput> istallato):"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2235
+#: release-manual.xml:2258
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -5874,7 +5911,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2240
+#: release-manual.xml:2263
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -5887,7 +5924,7 @@ msgstr ""
"suggeriamo di usare <computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2244
+#: release-manual.xml:2267
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -5896,20 +5933,20 @@ msgstr ""
"rights to do so) o mandare il file alla mailinglist."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2246
+#: release-manual.xml:2269
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2249
+#: release-manual.xml:2272
#, fuzzy
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr "Scrivere <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2254
+#: release-manual.xml:2277
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -5920,23 +5957,23 @@ msgstr ""
"esiste ancora uno o come aggiornare le traduzioni presenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2256
+#: release-manual.xml:2279
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Riporta qualsiasi tipo di problema."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2262
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2265
+#: release-manual.xml:2288
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2271
+#: release-manual.xml:2294
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -5949,7 +5986,7 @@ msgstr ""
"owners."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2274
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -5962,7 +5999,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any later version."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2276
+#: release-manual.xml:2299
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5975,7 +6012,7 @@ msgstr ""
"more details."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2278
+#: release-manual.xml:2301
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5986,17 +6023,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2306
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2308
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr "Version 2, June 1991"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2287
+#: release-manual.xml:2310
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -6009,12 +6046,12 @@ msgstr ""
"allowed."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2292
+#: release-manual.xml:2315
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2294
+#: release-manual.xml:2317
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -6037,7 +6074,7 @@ msgstr ""
"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -6054,7 +6091,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Program does."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2299
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -6073,7 +6110,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:2325
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
@@ -6082,7 +6119,7 @@ msgstr ""
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2304
+#: release-manual.xml:2327
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -6095,7 +6132,7 @@ msgstr ""
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2330
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -6106,7 +6143,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any change."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2310
+#: release-manual.xml:2333
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -6119,7 +6156,7 @@ msgstr ""
"all third parties under the terms of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2313
+#: release-manual.xml:2336
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -6144,7 +6181,7 @@ msgstr ""
"print an announcement.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2318
+#: release-manual.xml:2341
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -6167,7 +6204,7 @@ msgstr ""
"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2343
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -6180,7 +6217,7 @@ msgstr ""
"based on the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2322
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -6193,7 +6230,7 @@ msgstr ""
"License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2324
+#: release-manual.xml:2347
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -6206,7 +6243,7 @@ msgstr ""
"also do one of the following:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2327
+#: release-manual.xml:2350
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -6219,7 +6256,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2330
+#: release-manual.xml:2353
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -6236,7 +6273,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2333
+#: release-manual.xml:2356
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -6251,7 +6288,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2338
+#: release-manual.xml:2361
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -6274,7 +6311,7 @@ msgstr ""
"component itself accompanies the executable."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2340
+#: release-manual.xml:2363
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -6289,7 +6326,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the object code."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2365
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -6308,7 +6345,7 @@ msgstr ""
"as such parties remain in full compliance."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2345
+#: release-manual.xml:2368
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -6329,7 +6366,7 @@ msgstr ""
"or works based on it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2348
+#: release-manual.xml:2371
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -6348,7 +6385,7 @@ msgstr ""
"this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2351
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -6377,7 +6414,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribution of the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#: release-manual.xml:2377
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -6388,7 +6425,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2356
+#: release-manual.xml:2379
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -6411,7 +6448,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licensee cannot impose that choice."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2358
+#: release-manual.xml:2381
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
@@ -6420,7 +6457,7 @@ msgstr ""
"consequence of the rest of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2360
+#: release-manual.xml:2383
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -6439,7 +6476,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2363
+#: release-manual.xml:2386
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -6452,7 +6489,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -6471,7 +6508,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Foundation."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2368
+#: release-manual.xml:2391
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -6492,12 +6529,12 @@ msgstr ""
"generally."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2371
+#: release-manual.xml:2394
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2374
+#: release-manual.xml:2397
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -6520,7 +6557,7 @@ msgstr ""
"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2377
+#: release-manual.xml:2400
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -6543,42 +6580,42 @@ msgstr ""
"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2383
+#: release-manual.xml:2406
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr "Appendice B - Debian Edu Live CD/DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
+#: release-manual.xml:2416
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr "caratteristiche dell'immagine Standalone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2394
+#: release-manual.xml:2417
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti del profilo Standalone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2395
+#: release-manual.xml:2418
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti per il laptop"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2396
+#: release-manual.xml:2419
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr "Il profilo desktop KDE per studenti/allievi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2401
+#: release-manual.xml:2424
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr "Attivare traduzioni e il supporto regionale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2403
+#: release-manual.xml:2426
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -6598,122 +6635,122 @@ msgstr ""
"Segue l'elenco dei codici locali più usati:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2408
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Linguaggio (Regione)</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2412
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Valore locale </emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2416
+#: release-manual.xml:2439
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Layout di tastiera</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2421
+#: release-manual.xml:2444
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr "Norvegese Bokmål"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2447
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427 release-manual.xml:2437
+#: release-manual.xml:2450 release-manual.xml:2460
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2431
+#: release-manual.xml:2454
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr "Norvegese Nynorsk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2434
+#: release-manual.xml:2457
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2441
+#: release-manual.xml:2464
msgid "German"
msgstr "Tedesco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2444
+#: release-manual.xml:2467
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2447
+#: release-manual.xml:2470
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2451
+#: release-manual.xml:2474
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr "Francese (Francia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2454
+#: release-manual.xml:2477
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2457
+#: release-manual.xml:2480
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2461
+#: release-manual.xml:2484
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr "Greco (Grecia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2464
+#: release-manual.xml:2487
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2467
+#: release-manual.xml:2490
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2471
+#: release-manual.xml:2494
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japanese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2474
+#: release-manual.xml:2497
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2477
+#: release-manual.xml:2500
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2481
+#: release-manual.xml:2504
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr "Northern Sami (Norvegia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2484
+#: release-manual.xml:2507
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2487
+#: release-manual.xml:2510
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494
+#: release-manual.xml:2517
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -6726,33 +6763,33 @@ msgstr ""
"della tastiera si trova in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr "Accorgimenti da conoscere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2501
+#: release-manual.xml:2524
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
"la password per gli utenti è \"user\", root non ha una password selezionata."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2507
+#: release-manual.xml:2530
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr "Problemi noti con l'immagine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2508
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr "ancora niente di conosciuto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2514
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Download"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2516
+#: release-manual.xml:2539
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
@@ -6799,56 +6836,3 @@ msgstr ""
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
#~ "]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#~ msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
-#~ msgstr "HowTo per il desktop"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#~ msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
-#~ msgstr "Modo Kiosk di KDE"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
-#~ "TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode </ulink> "
-#~ "and write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how "
-#~ "to change them from a schooladmin POV)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "FIXME: vedere <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
-#~ "TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode </ulink> "
-#~ "e scrivere una descrizione pulita del setting di kiosk mode. (esp. how to "
-#~ "change them from a schooladmin POV)"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#~ msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
-#~ msgstr "Modifcare il login screen di kdm"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. "
-#~ "Now, it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
-#~ "computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "In Debian/Etch, il modo per personalizzare il login screem di kdm è "
-#~ "cambiato. Ora è attivato aggiungendo un file in <computeroutput>/etc/"
-#~ "default/kdm.d/ </computeroutput> specificando le variabili che "
-#~ "sovrascrivono il default."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
-#~ "package:"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Sotto un esempio usato per attivare il tema nel pacchetto {{desktop-"
-#~ "base}}}:"
-
-# type: CDATA
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
-#~ "THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"\n"
-#~ "]]"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
-#~ "THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"\n"
-#~ "]]"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
index 3a93c10..cd76c06 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-26 17:06+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-27 13:23+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-26 20:09+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Håvard Korsvoll <korsvoll at skulelinux.no>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <i18n-no at lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 utgivelsesmanual"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2269
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2292
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manual for utgivelsen av Debian Edu etch 3.0 kodenavn \"Terra\""
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-26</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-27</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Dette dokumentet ble plassert i pakken <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</"
"computeroutput> på tidspunktet <computeroutput>2007-11-21</computeroutput>."
@@ -323,7 +323,9 @@ msgstr "Tynnklienttjener (LTSP) [ltspserver\\#]"
msgid ""
"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and "
"History on the Web. Error Reporting by E-mail (munin,nagios and site-summary)"
-msgstr "Maskin og tjenesteovervåkning med feilrapportering, pluss status og historie på web. Feilrapportering via e-post (munin, nagios og site-summary)"
+msgstr ""
+"Maskin og tjenesteovervåkning med feilrapportering, pluss status og historie "
+"på web. Feilrapportering via e-post (munin, nagios og site-summary)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:84
@@ -763,7 +765,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:166
-msgid "- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
+msgid ""
+"- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
msgstr "- tilgang til hjemmeområder (*~/.)? - hjemmeområder - delte områder?"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
@@ -783,14 +786,19 @@ msgstr "Dette er ymse notater om ting som bør inkluderes i dette dokumentet."
msgid ""
"Centralized user database with grouping and the ability to control which "
"groups have access to which machines."
-msgstr "Sentralisert brukerdatabase med gruppering og mulighet til å kontrollere hvilke grupper som har tilgang til hvilke maskiner."
+msgstr ""
+"Sentralisert brukerdatabase med gruppering og mulighet til å kontrollere "
+"hvilke grupper som har tilgang til hvilke maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:176
msgid ""
"Grouping of machines and ability to control access to network services for "
"these groups (access blocking to Internet via squid)"
-msgstr "Gruppering av maskiner og mulighet til å kontrollere tilgang til nettverkstjenester for disse gruppene (tilgangsblokkering til internett via squid)"
+msgstr ""
+"Gruppering av maskiner og mulighet til å kontrollere tilgang til "
+"nettverkstjenester for disse gruppene (tilgangsblokkering til internett via "
+"squid)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:177
@@ -809,8 +817,12 @@ msgid ""
"document already, which you can also copy and paste. But keep those "
"copyright notes as well. </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Dette kapittelet ble kopiert og limt inn fra <ulink url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en'>http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en</ulink> (på det tidspunktet var det Copyright © 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Petter Reinholdtsen < "
-"<ulink url='mailto:pere at hungry.com'>pere at hungry.com </ulink> >, utgjeve under GPL) </emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role='strong'>Dette kapittelet ble kopiert og limt inn fra <ulink "
+"url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en'>http://"
+"developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en</ulink> (på det "
+"tidspunktet var det Copyright © 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Petter Reinholdtsen "
+"< <ulink url='mailto:pere at hungry.com'>pere at hungry.com </ulink> >, utgjeve "
+"under GPL) </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:189
@@ -890,7 +902,9 @@ msgstr "Filsystemer kan utvides mens filsystemet er montert."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:209
msgid "Support automatically extending file system based on predefined rules."
-msgstr "Støtter automatisk utviding av filsystemer basert på forhåndsdefinerte regler."
+msgstr ""
+"Støtter automatisk utviding av filsystemer basert på forhåndsdefinerte "
+"regler."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:212
@@ -903,7 +917,9 @@ msgid ""
"New processor architectures: amd64 (fully supported) and powerpc "
"(experimental support, installation media only boots on the newworld "
"subarchitecture)"
-msgstr "Nye prosessorarkitekturer: amd64 (fullt støttet) og powerpc (eksperimentell støtte, installasjonsmedia starter bare opp på underarkitekturen newworld)"
+msgstr ""
+"Nye prosessorarkitekturer: amd64 (fullt støttet) og powerpc (eksperimentell "
+"støtte, installasjonsmedia starter bare opp på underarkitekturen newworld)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:214
@@ -915,7 +931,9 @@ msgstr "Flerarkitektur-DVD for i386, amd64 og powerpc"
msgid ""
"Regression: the CD-install requires Internet access during installation. "
"Previous versions could be installed from one CD without Internet access."
-msgstr "Tilbakeskritt: CD-installasjonen krever internettilgang under installasjon. Tidligere versjoner kunne installeres fra en CD uten internettilgang."
+msgstr ""
+"Tilbakeskritt: CD-installasjonen krever internettilgang under installasjon. "
+"Tidligere versjoner kunne installeres fra en CD uten internettilgang."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:217
@@ -1042,14 +1060,18 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"a router/gateway (IP 10.0.2.1) providing access to the internet (when using "
"the default network architecture)"
-msgstr "en standardruter/gateway (IP 10.0.2.1) gir tilgang til internett (når du bruker standard nettverksarkitektur)"
+msgstr ""
+"en standardruter/gateway (IP 10.0.2.1) gir tilgang til internett (når du "
+"bruker standard nettverksarkitektur)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:268
msgid ""
"the computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either i386, amd64 "
"or powerpc processors."
-msgstr "maskiner som kjører Debian Edu / Skolelinux må ha enten i386, amd64 eller powerpc-prosessorer."
+msgstr ""
+"maskiner som kjører Debian Edu / Skolelinux må ha enten i386, amd64 eller "
+"powerpc-prosessorer."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:268
@@ -1057,7 +1079,10 @@ msgid ""
"On powerpc, the installation media will only boot on machines of the "
"newworld sub-architecture, which are the systems from apple with a "
"translucent case"
-msgstr "På powerpc må installasjonsmediet bare starte opp på maskiner med underarkitekturen newworld, som er systemer fra apple med et gjennomsiktig kabinett"
+msgstr ""
+"På powerpc må installasjonsmediet bare starte opp på maskiner med "
+"underarkitekturen newworld, som er systemer fra apple med et gjennomsiktig "
+"kabinett"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:272
@@ -1084,7 +1109,9 @@ msgstr "tynnklienttjenere"
msgid ""
"thin client (LTSP) servers need two network cards when using the default "
"network architecture:"
-msgstr "tynnklienttjenere (LTSP) trenger to nettverkskort ved bruk av standard nettverksarkitektur:"
+msgstr ""
+"tynnklienttjenere (LTSP) trenger to nettverkskort ved bruk av standard "
+"nettverksarkitektur:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:277
@@ -1101,21 +1128,27 @@ msgstr "eth1 (192.168.0.0/24) betjener tynnklintene"
msgid ""
"disk space requirements depend on profiles used, but any disk from 8 GiB "
"will be sufficient. As usual, the bigger the better."
-msgstr "krav til diskstørrelse avhenger av hvilke profil som blir brukt, men alle disker fra 8 GiB vil vere tilstrekkelig. Som vanlig, jo større jo bedre."
+msgstr ""
+"krav til diskstørrelse avhenger av hvilke profil som blir brukt, men alle "
+"disker fra 8 GiB vil vere tilstrekkelig. Som vanlig, jo større jo bedre."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:282
msgid ""
"for the thin clients 32 MiB RAM and 133 MHz is recommended as minimum. Swap "
"is required"
-msgstr "for tynnklienter er 32 MiB RAM og 133 MHz det anbefalte minimum. Mellomlager er påkrevd"
+msgstr ""
+"for tynnklienter er 32 MiB RAM og 133 MHz det anbefalte minimum. Mellomlager "
+"er påkrevd"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:283
msgid ""
"for workstations or standalone PCs 450 MHz, 256 MiB RAM and 8 GiB disc space "
"are recommended minimum requirements"
-msgstr "for arbeidstasjoner eller frittstående PCer er 450 MHz, 256 MiB RAM og 8 GiB diskplass det anbefalte minimum."
+msgstr ""
+"for arbeidstasjoner eller frittstående PCer er 450 MHz, 256 MiB RAM og 8 GiB "
+"diskplass det anbefalte minimum."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:285
@@ -1236,8 +1269,8 @@ msgstr ""
"fungere <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1369 release-manual.xml:2018
-#: release-manual.xml:2053 release-manual.xml:2133
+#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1383 release-manual.xml:2041
+#: release-manual.xml:2076 release-manual.xml:2156
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -1599,8 +1632,11 @@ msgid ""
"multiarch DVD defaults to use amd64-installgui on x86 64-bits machines, and "
"installgui on x86 32-bits machines."
msgstr ""
-"Viss du vil starte opp i i386-modus med flerarkitekturDVDen på en amd64-maskin må du "
-"skrive <computeroutput>install</computeroutput> (tekstmodus) eller <computeroutput>expertgui</computeroutput> (grafisk modus). FlerarkitekturDVDen bruker amd64-installgui på x86 64-bit maskiner og installgui på x86 32-bit maskiner."
+"Viss du vil starte opp i i386-modus med flerarkitekturDVDen på en amd64-"
+"maskin må du skrive <computeroutput>install</computeroutput> (tekstmodus) "
+"eller <computeroutput>expertgui</computeroutput> (grafisk modus). "
+"FlerarkitekturDVDen bruker amd64-installgui på x86 64-bit maskiner og "
+"installgui på x86 32-bit maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:469
@@ -1615,7 +1651,8 @@ msgstr "Velg en tidsone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:471
msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (usually the countrys default is fine)"
-msgstr "Velg et tastaturoppsett (vanligvis er standardoppsettet for landet ditt bra)"
+msgstr ""
+"Velg et tastaturoppsett (vanligvis er standardoppsettet for landet ditt bra)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:473
@@ -1634,7 +1671,11 @@ msgid ""
"services: file, print, intranet, proxy, DNS, DHCP, LDAP, backup, nagios, "
"simesummary, munin. All services are pre-configured and working out of the "
"box. You must only install one main server per school!"
-msgstr "Dette er hovedtjeneren (tjener) for skolen din og gir disse tjenestene: fil, utskrift, intranett, proxy, DNS, DHCP, LDAP, sikkerhetskopi, nagios, sitesummary, munin. Alle tjenestene er forhåndsoppsatt og fungerer ut av boksen. Du kan bare installere en hovetjener per skole!"
+msgstr ""
+"Dette er hovedtjeneren (tjener) for skolen din og gir disse tjenestene: fil, "
+"utskrift, intranett, proxy, DNS, DHCP, LDAP, sikkerhetskopi, nagios, "
+"sitesummary, munin. Alle tjenestene er forhåndsoppsatt og fungerer ut av "
+"boksen. Du kan bare installere en hovetjener per skole!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:478
@@ -1700,7 +1741,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:492
-msgid "say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
+msgid ""
+"say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
@@ -1731,7 +1773,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:506
-msgid "FIXME: this section needs a link to diskless workstation installation howto."
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: this section needs a link to diskless workstation installation howto."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
@@ -1792,85 +1835,113 @@ msgstr ""
"nettverket) med <computeroutput>unison</computeroutput>, men der er ingen "
"veiledning tilgjengelig enda."
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:527
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "A note on DVD installs"
+msgstr "En kommenar om bærbare maskiner"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:529
+msgid ""
+"If you install from a DVD <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
+"computeroutput> will only contain sources from the DVD. If you have an "
+"internet connection we strongly suggest to add the following lines to it, so "
+"that available (security) updates can be installed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:533
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ etch main \n"
+"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main \n"
+"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
+"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:528
-msgid "Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
+#: release-manual.xml:542
+msgid ""
+"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
"Skjermbilder fra en installasjon av hovedtjener + tynnklienttjener på en "
"i386-maskin."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:531
+#: release-manual.xml:545
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:537
+#: release-manual.xml:551
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:543
+#: release-manual.xml:557
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:549
+#: release-manual.xml:563
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:555
+#: release-manual.xml:569
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:561
+#: release-manual.xml:575
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:567
+#: release-manual.xml:581
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:573
+#: release-manual.xml:587
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:579
+#: release-manual.xml:593
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:585
+#: release-manual.xml:599
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:591
+#: release-manual.xml:605
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:597
+#: release-manual.xml:611
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:603
+#: release-manual.xml:617
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:609
+#: release-manual.xml:623
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:614
+#: release-manual.xml:628
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
@@ -1879,17 +1950,17 @@ msgstr ""
"skjermbildet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:617
+#: release-manual.xml:631
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:626
+#: release-manual.xml:640
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr "Komme igang"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:628
+#: release-manual.xml:642
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
@@ -1898,32 +1969,32 @@ msgstr ""
"installasjonen for å komme igang. Det minste du må gjøre er:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:629
+#: release-manual.xml:643
msgid ""
"adding workstations to host netgroups (for exporting home-directories via "
"NFS)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:630
+#: release-manual.xml:644
#, fuzzy
msgid "adding users"
msgstr "Legge til brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:631
+#: release-manual.xml:645
msgid ""
"it's advised to add the workstations to the dhcpd-config - LTSP-servers must "
"be added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:634
+#: release-manual.xml:648
msgid "This is described below."
msgstr "Dette er beskrevet nedenfor."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:636
+#: release-manual.xml:650
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter describes more tips and "
"tricks and frequently asked questions, while this chapter describes the "
@@ -1933,17 +2004,17 @@ msgstr ""
"triks og vanlige spørsmål. Mens dette kapittelet beskriver det alle må vite."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:639
+#: release-manual.xml:653
msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:646
+#: release-manual.xml:660
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr "Tjenester som kjører på hovedtjeneren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:648
+#: release-manual.xml:662
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
@@ -1952,13 +2023,13 @@ msgstr ""
"nettgrensesnitt. Vi vil beskrive hver tjeneste her."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:652
+#: release-manual.xml:666
#, fuzzy
msgid "Web based management, using lwat"
msgstr "Brukeradministrasjon med lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:654
+#: release-manual.xml:668
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -1969,31 +2040,31 @@ msgstr ""
"hovedgruppene (legge til, endre, slette):"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:655
+#: release-manual.xml:669
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Administration"
msgstr "Administrasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:656
+#: release-manual.xml:670
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group Administration"
msgstr "Administrasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:657
+#: release-manual.xml:671
#, fuzzy
msgid "Automount informations"
msgstr "Hvor finner man mer informasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:658
+#: release-manual.xml:672
#, fuzzy
msgid "Machine Administration"
msgstr "Administrasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:661
+#: release-manual.xml:675
msgid ""
"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error message, because of "
@@ -2001,24 +2072,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:663
+#: release-manual.xml:677
msgid "the certificate is self-signed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:664
+#: release-manual.xml:678
msgid "The certificate is generated for tjener.intern"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:665
+#: release-manual.xml:679
msgid ""
"you may also get an error if the installation is more than one month old, "
"since the certificate is only valid for one month."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:668
+#: release-manual.xml:682
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When you have neglected the warnings (or fixed them...), you will see the "
@@ -2035,25 +2106,26 @@ msgstr ""
"etter installasjon er innloggingsnavnet der:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:669
+#: release-manual.xml:683
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr "admin]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:671
+#: release-manual.xml:685
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
-msgstr "og passordet er passordet du skrev inn under installasjonen for root-kontoen."
+msgstr ""
+"og passordet er passordet du skrev inn under installasjonen for root-kontoen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:674
+#: release-manual.xml:688
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:679
+#: release-manual.xml:693
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
@@ -2062,12 +2134,12 @@ msgstr ""
"i menyen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:684
+#: release-manual.xml:698
msgid "User Management with lwat"
msgstr "Brukeradministrasjon med lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:686
+#: release-manual.xml:700
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -2082,7 +2154,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tilgjengelig i hele nettverket."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:688
+#: release-manual.xml:702
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
@@ -2091,7 +2163,7 @@ msgstr ""
"data lagt inn i LDAP-katalogen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:690
+#: release-manual.xml:704
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -2103,12 +2175,12 @@ msgstr ""
"øverste gruppene)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:694
+#: release-manual.xml:708
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr "Legge til brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:696
+#: release-manual.xml:710
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -2131,44 +2203,44 @@ msgstr ""
"systemadministrasjon. For tiden vet lwat om disse rollene:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:698
+#: release-manual.xml:712
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>role </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Velg en profil</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:702
+#: release-manual.xml:716
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>granted privileges </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Velg en profil</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:707
+#: release-manual.xml:721
msgid "Students"
msgstr "Studenter"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:710
+#: release-manual.xml:724
msgid "Login and use the system"
msgstr "Innlogging og bruk av systemet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:714
+#: release-manual.xml:728
msgid "Teachers"
msgstr "Lærere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:717
+#: release-manual.xml:731
msgid "Same as Students"
msgstr "Samme som for studenter"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:721
+#: release-manual.xml:735
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr "jr. Administratorer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:724
+#: release-manual.xml:738
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
@@ -2177,12 +2249,12 @@ msgstr ""
"sine passord)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:728
+#: release-manual.xml:742
msgid "Admins"
msgstr "Administratorer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:731
+#: release-manual.xml:745
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
"machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
@@ -2192,7 +2264,7 @@ msgstr ""
"med i Skolelinux-domenet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:738
+#: release-manual.xml:752
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
@@ -2201,7 +2273,7 @@ msgstr ""
"blir lagt til."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:740
+#: release-manual.xml:754
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
@@ -2210,12 +2282,12 @@ msgstr ""
"kan sette et passord selv ved å endre på brukeren du har lagt til."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:743
+#: release-manual.xml:757
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:748
+#: release-manual.xml:762
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
@@ -2224,7 +2296,7 @@ msgstr ""
"til i ldap-katalogen (skjemaet blir også tømt):"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:751
+#: release-manual.xml:765
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -2238,12 +2310,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:759
+#: release-manual.xml:773
msgid "Search and delete Users"
msgstr "Søk etter og slett brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:761
+#: release-manual.xml:775
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -2263,12 +2335,12 @@ msgstr ""
"resultatlinjer er linker til endringsiden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:764
+#: release-manual.xml:778
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:769
+#: release-manual.xml:783
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -2279,17 +2351,17 @@ msgstr ""
"hører til."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:772
+#: release-manual.xml:786
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:781
+#: release-manual.xml:795
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gruppehåndtering med lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:783
+#: release-manual.xml:797
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -2302,7 +2374,7 @@ msgstr ""
"endringsiden har du tilgang til alle brukerne i denne gruppen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:785
+#: release-manual.xml:799
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
@@ -2311,12 +2383,12 @@ msgstr ""
"du kan bruke dem til filrettigheter også."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:790
+#: release-manual.xml:804
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr "Maskinhåndtering med lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:792
+#: release-manual.xml:806
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -2333,7 +2405,7 @@ msgstr ""
"denne manualen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:794
+#: release-manual.xml:808
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
@@ -2342,70 +2414,70 @@ msgstr ""
"forhåndsoppsatte adresseområdet. Disse ip-områdene er forhåndsoppsatt:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:796
+#: release-manual.xml:810
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>First address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Velg en profil</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:800
+#: release-manual.xml:814
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Last address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Velg en profil</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:804
+#: release-manual.xml:818
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>hostname </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Velg en profil</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:809
+#: release-manual.xml:823
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr "10.0.2.10"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:812
+#: release-manual.xml:826
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr "10.0.2.29"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:815
+#: release-manual.xml:829
msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:821
+#: release-manual.xml:835
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr "10.0.2.30"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:824
+#: release-manual.xml:838
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr "10.0.2.49"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:827
+#: release-manual.xml:841
msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:833
+#: release-manual.xml:847
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr "10.0.2.50"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:836
+#: release-manual.xml:850
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr "10.0.2.99"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:839
+#: release-manual.xml:853
msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'></emphasis></emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:848
+#: release-manual.xml:862
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
@@ -2414,7 +2486,7 @@ msgstr ""
"reservert for dhcp og blir tildelt dynamisk."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:850
+#: release-manual.xml:864
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -2427,19 +2499,19 @@ msgstr ""
"oppsettet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:853
+#: release-manual.xml:867
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:859 release-manual.xml:892 release-manual.xml:986
-#: release-manual.xml:1555 release-manual.xml:1566 release-manual.xml:1671
-#: release-manual.xml:1971 release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:2000
+#: release-manual.xml:873 release-manual.xml:906 release-manual.xml:1000
+#: release-manual.xml:1578 release-manual.xml:1589 release-manual.xml:1694
+#: release-manual.xml:1994 release-manual.xml:2008 release-manual.xml:2023
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:862
+#: release-manual.xml:876
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -2450,12 +2522,12 @@ msgstr ""
"hånd som vist direkte under."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:866
+#: release-manual.xml:880
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr "Tildele statiske ip-adresser med dhcp"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:868
+#: release-manual.xml:882
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -2468,7 +2540,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> som root."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:872
+#: release-manual.xml:886
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -2479,7 +2551,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>static00</emphasis>. Du skal finne noe som er som dette:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:876
+#: release-manual.xml:890
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2495,7 +2567,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:882
+#: release-manual.xml:896
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
@@ -2504,7 +2576,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vår eksempelvert vil det se ut som dette:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:885
+#: release-manual.xml:899
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2520,7 +2592,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:895
+#: release-manual.xml:909
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
@@ -2529,12 +2601,12 @@ msgstr ""
"du endrer oppsettet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:900
+#: release-manual.xml:914
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr "Mer lwat dokumentasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:902
+#: release-manual.xml:916
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url='http://bzz.no/"
@@ -2545,12 +2617,12 @@ msgstr ""
"lwat/download/doc/'>på nettet</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:910
+#: release-manual.xml:924
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr "Skriverhåndtering"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:912
+#: release-manual.xml:926
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://"
"www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site "
@@ -2565,7 +2637,7 @@ msgstr ""
"blir du tvunget til å bruke ssl-kryptering."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:915
+#: release-manual.xml:929
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -2576,12 +2648,12 @@ msgstr ""
"skal gjøre når dette ikke fører til noe."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:921
+#: release-manual.xml:935
msgid "Clock synchronization"
msgstr "Klokkesynkronisering"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:923
+#: release-manual.xml:937
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -2600,7 +2672,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hele tiden, noe som gav dem en saftig telefonregning."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:925
+#: release-manual.xml:939
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -2618,12 +2690,12 @@ msgstr ""
"kjøre <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:933
+#: release-manual.xml:947
msgid "Extend full partitions"
msgstr "Utvide full partisjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:935
+#: release-manual.xml:949
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
@@ -2638,17 +2710,17 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Administration\">administrasjonsveiledninger</link> for mer informasjon."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:943
+#: release-manual.xml:957
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr "Vedlikehold"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:947
+#: release-manual.xml:961
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr "Oppdatere programvaren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:949
+#: release-manual.xml:963
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
@@ -2657,7 +2729,7 @@ msgstr ""
"upgrade</computeroutput> og kde-update-notifier."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:952
+#: release-manual.xml:966
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -2672,7 +2744,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(oppgraderer pakker som har tilgjengelige oppdateringer)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:957
+#: release-manual.xml:971
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
@@ -2681,7 +2753,7 @@ msgstr ""
"FIXME: Forklar hvordan, kanskje med et skjermbilde."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:959
+#: release-manual.xml:973
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -2692,7 +2764,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de opp til å sende e-post til en adresse du leser."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:963
+#: release-manual.xml:977
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -2706,7 +2778,7 @@ msgstr ""
"upgrade</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:967
+#: release-manual.xml:981
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
@@ -2715,12 +2787,12 @@ msgstr ""
"oppføringer til deg."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:973
+#: release-manual.xml:987
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr "Håndtering av sikkerhetskopier"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:975
+#: release-manual.xml:989
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
@@ -2734,7 +2806,7 @@ msgstr ""
"uten bruk av ssl vil du mislykkes."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:978
+#: release-manual.xml:992
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to /"
@@ -2747,7 +2819,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ganger (viss du sletter noe), så er dette oppsettet greit for deg."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:982
+#: release-manual.xml:996
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
@@ -2756,7 +2828,7 @@ msgstr ""
"viss du installerer fra etch-test i dag.(FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:989
+#: release-manual.xml:1003
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
@@ -2765,7 +2837,7 @@ msgstr ""
"beskytter deg mot harddisker som går i stykker."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:991
+#: release-manual.xml:1005
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit. "
@@ -2776,17 +2848,17 @@ msgstr ""
"stasjon eller en annen harddisk, så må du endre oppsettet lite granne."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:996
+#: release-manual.xml:1010
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr "Tjenerovervåkning"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1000
+#: release-manual.xml:1014
msgid "Munin"
msgstr "Munin"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1002
+#: release-manual.xml:1016
msgid ""
"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
"munin/'>https://www/munin/ </ulink>. It provides system status measurement "
@@ -2800,7 +2872,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hjelp til å se etter flaskehalser og kilde for systemproblemer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1005
+#: release-manual.xml:1019
msgid ""
"The list of machines being monitored using munin is generated automatically "
"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the "
@@ -2824,7 +2896,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hovedtjeneren)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1009
+#: release-manual.xml:1023
msgid ""
"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url='http://"
"munin.projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> ."
@@ -2833,12 +2905,12 @@ msgstr ""
"projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1015
+#: release-manual.xml:1029
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr "Nagios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1017
+#: release-manual.xml:1031
msgid ""
"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url='https://"
"www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
@@ -2847,7 +2919,7 @@ msgstr ""
"www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1020
+#: release-manual.xml:1034
msgid ""
"The username is nagiosadmin and the password is undefined, you must set your "
"own password before you can login and use nagios. For security reasons, "
@@ -2860,7 +2932,7 @@ msgstr ""
"følgende kommando som root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: release-manual.xml:1037
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"htpasswd /etc/nagios2/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin\n"
@@ -2870,7 +2942,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1026
+#: release-manual.xml:1040
msgid ""
"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
@@ -2885,7 +2957,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nagios2/debian-edu/contacts.cfg</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1032
+#: release-manual.xml:1046
msgid ""
"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url='http://www."
"nagios.org/'>http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
@@ -2896,12 +2968,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>nagios2-doc</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1039
+#: release-manual.xml:1053
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr "Sitesummary"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1041
+#: release-manual.xml:1055
msgid ""
"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
"sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
@@ -2910,7 +2982,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1044
+#: release-manual.xml:1058
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
@@ -2921,12 +2993,12 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1052
+#: release-manual.xml:1066
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr "Oppgraderinger"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1054
+#: release-manual.xml:1068
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
@@ -2941,7 +3013,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tillatt av anvedelig lov. </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1057
+#: release-manual.xml:1071
msgid ""
"More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -2952,7 +3024,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tilgjengelig i dens installasjonsmanual."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1060
+#: release-manual.xml:1074
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -2965,7 +3037,7 @@ msgstr ""
"se om alt fungerer som det skal."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1062
+#: release-manual.xml:1076
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
"weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
@@ -2982,19 +3054,20 @@ msgstr ""
"2008."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1067
+#: release-manual.xml:1081
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr "Oppgraderinger fra Debian Edu sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1069
-msgid "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
+#: release-manual.xml:1083
+msgid ""
+"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
"Vær snill og les hele dette kapittelet før du starter å oppgradere systemet "
"ditt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1071
+#: release-manual.xml:1085
msgid ""
"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian."
"org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
@@ -3013,12 +3086,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> før du oppgraderer!)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1078
+#: release-manual.xml:1092
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr "Endret partisjoneringsopplegg"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1080
+#: release-manual.xml:1094
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -3029,17 +3102,17 @@ msgstr ""
"systemet har to grupperte dataområder:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1081
+#: release-manual.xml:1095
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1082
+#: release-manual.xml:1096
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1085
+#: release-manual.xml:1099
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
@@ -3048,7 +3121,7 @@ msgstr ""
"interne endringer i installasjonsprogrammet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1087
+#: release-manual.xml:1101
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
@@ -3067,13 +3140,13 @@ msgstr ""
"oppfylt vil oppgraderingen feile på grunn av for lite plass på enheten."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1092
+#: release-manual.xml:1106
#, fuzzy
msgid "Prepare the system"
msgstr "Forberede systemet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1094
+#: release-manual.xml:1108
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
@@ -3083,7 +3156,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partisjonen, så må du endre størrelse på denne partisjonen:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1096
+#: release-manual.xml:1110
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
@@ -3095,7 +3168,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1099
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -3107,47 +3180,47 @@ msgstr ""
"umount -fl /var ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: release-manual.xml:1118
#, fuzzy
msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
msgstr "Endre størrelse på partisjoner"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: release-manual.xml:1118
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1121
#, fuzzy
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
msgstr "Endre størrelse på partisjoner"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1121
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1110
+#: release-manual.xml:1124
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1110
+#: release-manual.xml:1124
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1113
+#: release-manual.xml:1127
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1113
+#: release-manual.xml:1127
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -3159,7 +3232,7 @@ msgstr ""
"/etc/init.d/squid start ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1121
+#: release-manual.xml:1135
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
@@ -3169,7 +3242,7 @@ msgstr ""
"informasjon om hvordan disse variablene blir brukt."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1123
+#: release-manual.xml:1137
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
@@ -3180,13 +3253,13 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1129
+#: release-manual.xml:1143
#, fuzzy
msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
msgstr "Nå kan du starte oppgraderingen med:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1130
+#: release-manual.xml:1144
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -3196,13 +3269,13 @@ msgstr ""
"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1138
+#: release-manual.xml:1152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr "Svar på Debconf-spørsmålene under oppgraderingen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1140
+#: release-manual.xml:1154
msgid ""
"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
@@ -3210,7 +3283,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1142
+#: release-manual.xml:1156
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
@@ -3232,12 +3305,12 @@ msgstr ""
"debian.org</ulink> eller på IRC (irc.oftc.net):#debian-edu."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1145
+#: release-manual.xml:1159
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr "* Sette opp nagios-common."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1147
+#: release-manual.xml:1161
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
@@ -3247,42 +3320,42 @@ msgstr ""
"brukeren."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1152
+#: release-manual.xml:1166
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr "* Sette opp console-data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1153
+#: release-manual.xml:1167
msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1156
+#: release-manual.xml:1170
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr "* Sette opp openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#: release-manual.xml:1171
msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1160
+#: release-manual.xml:1174
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr "* Sette opp systat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1161
+#: release-manual.xml:1175
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1164
+#: release-manual.xml:1178
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr "* Sette opp popularity-contest"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1165
+#: release-manual.xml:1179
msgid ""
"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
@@ -3290,61 +3363,62 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1168
+#: release-manual.xml:1182
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr "* Sette opp libnss-ldap"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1170
+#: release-manual.xml:1184
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr "Endre pompt til: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1174
-msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:1188
+msgid ""
+"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr "Endre promptet til: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#: release-manual.xml:1191
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1178
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1179
+#: release-manual.xml:1193
msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1182
+#: release-manual.xml:1196
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Oppgrader glibc nå. Svar Ja her."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1184
+#: release-manual.xml:1198
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Starte tjenester på nytt. Svar Ja her."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1186
+#: release-manual.xml:1200
msgid ""
"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
"packages installed."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1188
+#: release-manual.xml:1202
msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1190
+#: release-manual.xml:1204
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
@@ -3358,12 +3432,12 @@ msgstr ""
"alltid svare: Installer de siste."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1192
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr "Oppgradringer feiler med denne feilmeldingen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1193
+#: release-manual.xml:1207
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3379,7 +3453,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1199
+#: release-manual.xml:1213
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -3394,35 +3468,35 @@ msgstr ""
"Så kan du starte oppgraderingsprosessen på nytt:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1203
+#: release-manual.xml:1217
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1205
+#: release-manual.xml:1219
#, fuzzy
msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
msgstr "Nå skal oppgraderingen fungere igjen:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1207
+#: release-manual.xml:1221
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr "* Flere modifiserte oppsettsfiler (nagios)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1208
+#: release-manual.xml:1222
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#: release-manual.xml:1225
#, fuzzy
msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
msgstr "Så feilet installasjonen en gang til:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1212
+#: release-manual.xml:1226
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3436,7 +3510,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1217
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
@@ -3450,7 +3524,7 @@ msgstr ""
"oppsetsfilene endres:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1234
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -3460,7 +3534,7 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1223
+#: release-manual.xml:1237
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
@@ -3471,18 +3545,18 @@ msgstr ""
"upgrade prosessen igjen med:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1225
+#: release-manual.xml:1239
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: release-manual.xml:1241
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr "Den neste feilen som dukker opp er denne:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1228
+#: release-manual.xml:1242
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3494,23 +3568,25 @@ msgstr ""
"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1232
+#: release-manual.xml:1246
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr "Du må fjerne pakken: <emphasis>courier-ldap</emphasis> med kommandoen"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1234
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1236
-msgid "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
-msgstr "og vente til den blir ferdig. Så kan du starte dist-upgrade prosessen igjen."
+#: release-manual.xml:1250
+msgid ""
+"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
+msgstr ""
+"og vente til den blir ferdig. Så kan du starte dist-upgrade prosessen igjen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1238
+#: release-manual.xml:1252
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
@@ -3519,12 +3595,12 @@ msgstr ""
"nå gjøre seg ferdig uten flere feil."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1257
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
msgstr "Problem med oppgradering av bind"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: release-manual.xml:1259
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
@@ -3533,13 +3609,13 @@ msgstr ""
"endret, så du må kjøre chown på alle bind-oppsettsfiler."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1260
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1248
+#: release-manual.xml:1262
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?"
"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for more information."
@@ -3548,12 +3624,12 @@ msgstr ""
"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for mer informasjon."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1254
+#: release-manual.xml:1268
msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1256
+#: release-manual.xml:1270
msgid ""
"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
@@ -3563,7 +3639,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1258
+#: release-manual.xml:1272
msgid ""
"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
@@ -3571,7 +3647,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1259
+#: release-manual.xml:1273
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
@@ -3581,7 +3657,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1264
+#: release-manual.xml:1278
msgid ""
"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
@@ -3590,12 +3666,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1270
+#: release-manual.xml:1284
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr "Oppgraderinger fra eldre Debian Edu / Skolelinux-installasjoner"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1272
+#: release-manual.xml:1286
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
@@ -3610,41 +3686,43 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>. Oppgrader så til Terra (etch-basert utgivelse)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1279
+#: release-manual.xml:1293
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "Veiledning"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1281
-msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
+#: release-manual.xml:1295
+msgid ""
+"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
msgstr ""
"Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"Administration\">generell administrasjon</"
"link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1284
+#: release-manual.xml:1298
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr "Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">skrivebordet</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1287
+#: release-manual.xml:1301
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
-msgstr "Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">nettverksklienter</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">nettverksklienter</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1290
+#: release-manual.xml:1304
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr ""
"Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">undervisning og læring</"
"link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1297
+#: release-manual.xml:1311
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr "Veiledninger for generell administrasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1299
+#: release-manual.xml:1313
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"Maintainance\">Maintainance</link> chapters describe how to get "
@@ -3657,43 +3735,45 @@ msgstr ""
"i dette kapittelet er allerede \"avanserte\" tips og triks."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1305
-msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
-msgstr "Installere egne maskiner for enkelte tjenster for å avlaste hovetjeneren"
+#: release-manual.xml:1319
+msgid ""
+"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
+msgstr ""
+"Installere egne maskiner for enkelte tjenster for å avlaste hovetjeneren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1306
+#: release-manual.xml:1320
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1307
+#: release-manual.xml:1321
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1308
+#: release-manual.xml:1322
#, fuzzy
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr "* Sette opp openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1309
+#: release-manual.xml:1323
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1310
+#: release-manual.xml:1324
msgid "update dns on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1316
+#: release-manual.xml:1330
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr "Versjonsporing av /etc/ ved hjelp av svk versjonskontrollsystem"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1318
+#: release-manual.xml:1332
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
"computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
@@ -3711,7 +3791,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1323
+#: release-manual.xml:1337
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
@@ -3722,12 +3802,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Endringer i <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> blir meldt inn hver time."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1326
+#: release-manual.xml:1340
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr "Liste over nyttige kommandoer:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1327
+#: release-manual.xml:1341
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -3745,12 +3825,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1336
+#: release-manual.xml:1350
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr "Eksempel på bruk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1338
+#: release-manual.xml:1352
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
@@ -3759,7 +3839,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gjort siden systemet ble installert:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1341
+#: release-manual.xml:1355
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
@@ -3769,12 +3849,13 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1344
+#: release-manual.xml:1358
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
-msgstr "For å se listen over endringer som er gjort i /etc/, bruk denne kommandoen:"
+msgstr ""
+"For å se listen over endringer som er gjort i /etc/, bruk denne kommandoen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1347
+#: release-manual.xml:1361
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
@@ -3784,12 +3865,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1350
+#: release-manual.xml:1364
msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
msgstr "For å se endringer som er gjort i en spesiell fil, oppgi filen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1353
+#: release-manual.xml:1367
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
@@ -3799,7 +3880,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1356
+#: release-manual.xml:1370
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
@@ -3809,7 +3890,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dette for å gjøre det automatisk:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1359
+#: release-manual.xml:1373
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -3819,12 +3900,13 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1362
-msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1376
+msgid ""
+"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr "For å melde inn en fil manuelt, fordi du ikke vil vente en time:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1365
+#: release-manual.xml:1379
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
@@ -3834,7 +3916,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1368
+#: release-manual.xml:1382
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -3843,7 +3925,7 @@ msgstr ""
"den om å ignorere den. Men det er sjelden nyttig <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1375
+#: release-manual.xml:1389
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
@@ -3853,12 +3935,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1381
+#: release-manual.xml:1395
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr "For de som oppgraderte fra sarge/woody"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1383
+#: release-manual.xml:1397
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -3869,7 +3951,7 @@ msgstr ""
"følgende kommando kjørt som root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1386
+#: release-manual.xml:1400
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -3879,7 +3961,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1389
+#: release-manual.xml:1403
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
@@ -3888,12 +3970,12 @@ msgstr ""
"innmeldingsjobben (cron)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1395
+#: release-manual.xml:1409
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr "Endre størrelse på partisjoner"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1397
+#: release-manual.xml:1411
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -3908,7 +3990,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mens partisjonen er avmontert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1399
+#: release-manual.xml:1413
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -3923,7 +4005,7 @@ msgstr ""
"å lage flere mindre partisjoner enn en svært stor en."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1401
+#: release-manual.xml:1415
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -3947,12 +4029,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> trengs for faktisk å utvide filsystemet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1410
+#: release-manual.xml:1424
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
msgstr "Håndtering av logiske dataområder"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1412
+#: release-manual.xml:1426
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
@@ -3963,12 +4045,12 @@ msgstr ""
"url='http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1419
+#: release-manual.xml:1433
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr "Bruker volatile.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1421
+#: release-manual.xml:1435
msgid ""
"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
@@ -3976,18 +4058,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1426
+#: release-manual.xml:1440
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1428
+#: release-manual.xml:1442
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Velg en profil</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1430
+#: release-manual.xml:1444
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -3999,12 +4081,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1436
+#: release-manual.xml:1450
msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1438
+#: release-manual.xml:1452
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
@@ -4014,7 +4096,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#: release-manual.xml:1457
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -4024,27 +4106,27 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1446
+#: release-manual.xml:1460
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1453
+#: release-manual.xml:1467
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr "Bruker backports.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1455
+#: release-manual.xml:1469
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
-"It runs great, there is just one problem sometimes: some software is a "
-"little bit more outdated as you like. This is where backports.org come in."
+"It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
+"more outdated as you like. This is where backports.org steps in."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1457
+#: release-manual.xml:1471
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
@@ -4057,7 +4139,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1461
+#: release-manual.xml:1475
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
@@ -4066,17 +4148,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1467
+#: release-manual.xml:1481
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"# install the debian-keyring securily\n"
+"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
-"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily\n"
+"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add - \n"
+"# update the list of available packages:\n"
+"aptitude update\n"
"]]>\n"
"</screen>\n"
+"<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
+"</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
+"</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url='http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instructions on backports.org\n"
+"</ulink>. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you need to update manually. \n"
+"</para>\n"
"</section>\n"
"\n"
"<section>\n"
@@ -4084,70 +4175,79 @@ msgid ""
"</title>\n"
"<para>\n"
"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
-"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
-"<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
-"</title><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
-"<para>FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode\n"
-"</ulink> and write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how to change them from a schooladmin POV) \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Modifying the kdm login screen\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/\n"
-"</computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} package: \n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1510 release-manual.xml:1951 release-manual.xml:2049
+msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+msgstr "Veiledninger fra wiki.debian.org"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1512 release-manual.xml:1953 release-manual.xml:2051
+msgid ""
+"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
+"specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them "
+"over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to "
+"find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the "
+"GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Veiledninger fra <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/</ulink> er enten bruker- eller "
+"utviklerorientert."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1540
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
+msgstr "Veiledninger for nettverksklienter"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1546
+msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1548
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+"TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode </ulink> and "
+"write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how to "
+"change them from a schooladmin POV)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1556
+msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1558
+msgid ""
+"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
+"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
+"computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1561
+msgid ""
+"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
+"package:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1562
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
"THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1543
+#: release-manual.xml:1566
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
@@ -4156,12 +4256,12 @@ msgstr ""
"informasjon om hvordan disse variablene blir brukt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1549
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1551
+#: release-manual.xml:1574
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
@@ -4171,14 +4271,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1558
+#: release-manual.xml:1581
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1560
+#: release-manual.xml:1583
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
@@ -4187,7 +4287,7 @@ msgstr ""
"fungerer både med konqueror og firefox."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1562
+#: release-manual.xml:1585
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -4201,7 +4301,7 @@ msgstr ""
"som root."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1569 release-manual.xml:2003
+#: release-manual.xml:1592 release-manual.xml:2026
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -4214,7 +4314,7 @@ msgstr ""
"signert for å sikre en tillitsti."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1573
+#: release-manual.xml:1596
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
@@ -4223,7 +4323,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hjelp av nettlesaren eller wget:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1574
+#: release-manual.xml:1597
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4233,14 +4333,15 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1577
-msgid "If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1600
+msgid ""
+"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
"Viss du tidligere har installert flashplayer-mozilla, så må du fjerne denne "
"først:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1578
+#: release-manual.xml:1601
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -4250,12 +4351,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1581
+#: release-manual.xml:1604
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr "Så installere:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1582
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4265,17 +4366,17 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1588
+#: release-manual.xml:1611
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Andre nyttige programtillegg"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1590
+#: release-manual.xml:1613
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr "Etter å ha lagt til multimediaarkivet:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1591
+#: release-manual.xml:1614
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4285,12 +4386,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1597
+#: release-manual.xml:1620
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr "Avspilling av DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1599
+#: release-manual.xml:1622
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -4301,7 +4402,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dette, så kan du bruke pakker fra debian-multimedia.org."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1601
+#: release-manual.xml:1624
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
@@ -4310,7 +4411,7 @@ msgstr ""
"et nettarkiv, eller du kan legge til"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1602
+#: release-manual.xml:1625
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -4320,7 +4421,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1605
+#: release-manual.xml:1628
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
@@ -4329,12 +4430,12 @@ msgstr ""
"(debian-multimedia-keyring)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1607
+#: release-manual.xml:1630
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr "Installere multimedia- og dvd-bibliotek"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1608
+#: release-manual.xml:1631
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4344,17 +4445,17 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1615
+#: release-manual.xml:1638
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr "Veiledninger for nettverksklienter"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1621
+#: release-manual.xml:1644
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Tynnklienter vs halvtykke arbeidstasjoner"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1623
+#: release-manual.xml:1646
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -4367,17 +4468,17 @@ msgstr ""
"LtspDisklessWorkstation</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1629
+#: release-manual.xml:1652
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr "LTSP i detalj"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1633
+#: release-manual.xml:1656
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr "lts.conf"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1635
+#: release-manual.xml:1658
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -4392,7 +4493,7 @@ msgstr ""
"oppgi."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1639
+#: release-manual.xml:1662
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -4405,7 +4506,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1643
+#: release-manual.xml:1666
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
@@ -4414,7 +4515,7 @@ msgstr ""
"1280x1024, så legg til noe slikt som dette:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1646
+#: release-manual.xml:1669
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -4430,12 +4531,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1652
+#: release-manual.xml:1675
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr "et sted nedenfor standardinnstillingene."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1654
+#: release-manual.xml:1677
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
@@ -4444,7 +4545,7 @@ msgstr ""
"X på klienten (ved å trykke alt+ctrl+rettetast) eller restarte klienten."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1656
+#: release-manual.xml:1679
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -4457,12 +4558,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>-fila."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1663
+#: release-manual.xml:1686
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr "lastbalanserte LTSP-tjenere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1665
+#: release-manual.xml:1688
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -4481,7 +4582,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ssh-nøkkelen for hver enkelt tjener."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1674
+#: release-manual.xml:1697
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
@@ -4490,12 +4591,12 @@ msgstr ""
"+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1679
+#: release-manual.xml:1702
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1681
+#: release-manual.xml:1704
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -4504,27 +4605,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1683
+#: release-manual.xml:1706
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1685
+#: release-manual.xml:1708
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1691
+#: release-manual.xml:1714
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Koble windowsmaskiner til nettverket / integrering av windows"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1695
+#: release-manual.xml:1718
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr "Bli med i domenet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1697
+#: release-manual.xml:1720
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4533,21 +4634,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1699
+#: release-manual.xml:1722
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1701
+#: release-manual.xml:1724
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1703
+#: release-manual.xml:1726
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -4557,12 +4658,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1708
+#: release-manual.xml:1731
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1710
+#: release-manual.xml:1733
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4575,26 +4676,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1714
+#: release-manual.xml:1737
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1715
+#: release-manual.xml:1738
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1718
+#: release-manual.xml:1741
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1719
+#: release-manual.xml:1742
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4608,7 +4709,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1722
+#: release-manual.xml:1745
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -4618,12 +4719,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1726
+#: release-manual.xml:1749
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1728
+#: release-manual.xml:1751
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -4634,7 +4735,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1732
+#: release-manual.xml:1755
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -4644,12 +4745,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1741
+#: release-manual.xml:1764
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1743
+#: release-manual.xml:1766
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -4658,12 +4759,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1748
+#: release-manual.xml:1771
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1750
+#: release-manual.xml:1773
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4674,7 +4775,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1752
+#: release-manual.xml:1775
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -4685,7 +4786,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1754
+#: release-manual.xml:1777
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -4694,7 +4795,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1757
+#: release-manual.xml:1780
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -4705,22 +4806,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1762 release-manual.xml:1845
+#: release-manual.xml:1785 release-manual.xml:1868
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1764
+#: release-manual.xml:1787
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1765
+#: release-manual.xml:1788
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#: release-manual.xml:1790
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -4730,56 +4831,56 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1768
+#: release-manual.xml:1791
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1769
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1770 release-manual.xml:1773
+#: release-manual.xml:1793 release-manual.xml:1796
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1771
+#: release-manual.xml:1794
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1772
+#: release-manual.xml:1795
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1776
+#: release-manual.xml:1799
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1778
+#: release-manual.xml:1801
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1780
+#: release-manual.xml:1803
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1788 release-manual.xml:1861 release-manual.xml:1886
+#: release-manual.xml:1811 release-manual.xml:1884 release-manual.xml:1909
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1790
+#: release-manual.xml:1813
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -4790,48 +4891,49 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1795
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1797
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1798
+#: release-manual.xml:1821
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1800
+#: release-manual.xml:1823
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
-msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+#: release-manual.xml:1827
+msgid ""
+"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1808
+#: release-manual.xml:1831
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811
+#: release-manual.xml:1834
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1814
+#: release-manual.xml:1837
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -4839,18 +4941,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1816
+#: release-manual.xml:1839
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Tjenester"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1839
+#: release-manual.xml:1862
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1841
+#: release-manual.xml:1864
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -4860,7 +4962,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#: release-manual.xml:1870
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -4869,7 +4971,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1849
+#: release-manual.xml:1872
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -4877,34 +4979,35 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1851
-msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+#: release-manual.xml:1874
+msgid ""
+"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1854
+#: release-manual.xml:1877
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1863
+#: release-manual.xml:1886
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1869
+#: release-manual.xml:1892
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1896
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1875
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -4912,29 +5015,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1877
+#: release-manual.xml:1900
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1879
+#: release-manual.xml:1902
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1888
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1893
+#: release-manual.xml:1916
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1895
+#: release-manual.xml:1918
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -4944,7 +5047,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1921
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -4953,12 +5056,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1907
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1909
+#: release-manual.xml:1932
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -4966,21 +5069,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1911
+#: release-manual.xml:1934
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1915
+#: release-manual.xml:1938
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1918
+#: release-manual.xml:1941
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -4989,33 +5092,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1920
+#: release-manual.xml:1943
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1928 release-manual.xml:2026
-msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
-msgstr "Veiledninger fra wiki.debian.org"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930 release-manual.xml:2028
-msgid ""
-"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
-"specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them "
-"over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to "
-"find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the "
-"GPL.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Veiledninger fra <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/</ulink> er enten bruker- eller "
-"utviklerorientert."
-
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1946
+#: release-manual.xml:1969
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
@@ -5023,38 +5107,38 @@ msgstr ""
"TeachAndLearn'>undervisning og opplæring</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1952
+#: release-manual.xml:1975
msgid "moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1954
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1957
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
msgid ""
"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
"credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1962
+#: release-manual.xml:1985
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1964
+#: release-manual.xml:1987
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1967
+#: release-manual.xml:1990
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc\n"
@@ -5062,26 +5146,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1974
+#: release-manual.xml:1997
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:2003
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1982
+#: release-manual.xml:2005
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1988
+#: release-manual.xml:2011
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -5089,12 +5173,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1994
+#: release-manual.xml:2017
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -5102,7 +5186,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2008
+#: release-manual.xml:2031
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -5115,14 +5199,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2016
+#: release-manual.xml:2039
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2054
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -5130,22 +5214,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2040
+#: release-manual.xml:2063
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2044
+#: release-manual.xml:2067
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2047
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2052
+#: release-manual.xml:2075
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -5154,7 +5238,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2058
+#: release-manual.xml:2081
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -5165,12 +5249,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2064
+#: release-manual.xml:2087
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2066
+#: release-manual.xml:2089
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -5178,7 +5262,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2068
+#: release-manual.xml:2091
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -5186,19 +5270,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2075
+#: release-manual.xml:2098
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2077
+#: release-manual.xml:2100
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2103
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -5207,7 +5291,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2083
+#: release-manual.xml:2106
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -5215,12 +5299,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2112
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -5229,7 +5313,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2093
+#: release-manual.xml:2116
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
@@ -5240,7 +5324,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2101
+#: release-manual.xml:2124
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -5249,7 +5333,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2103
+#: release-manual.xml:2126
msgid ""
"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
@@ -5260,22 +5344,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2114
+#: release-manual.xml:2137
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2118
+#: release-manual.xml:2141
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2122
+#: release-manual.xml:2145
msgid "in english"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2128
+#: release-manual.xml:2151
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -5283,7 +5367,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2132
+#: release-manual.xml:2155
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -5291,12 +5375,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2143
+#: release-manual.xml:2166
msgid "in norwegian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2145
+#: release-manual.xml:2168
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -5304,7 +5388,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2149
+#: release-manual.xml:2172
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5313,53 +5397,53 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2152
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2158
+#: release-manual.xml:2181
msgid "in german"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2160
+#: release-manual.xml:2183
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2164
+#: release-manual.xml:2187
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2167
+#: release-manual.xml:2190
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2173
+#: release-manual.xml:2196
msgid "in french"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: release-manual.xml:2207
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2209
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -5367,13 +5451,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2193
+#: release-manual.xml:2216
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Opphavsrett og forfattere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2195
+#: release-manual.xml:2218
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
"Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter, "
@@ -5382,7 +5466,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2197
+#: release-manual.xml:2220
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -5391,27 +5475,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2203
+#: release-manual.xml:2226
#, fuzzy
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Opphavsrett og forfattere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2205
+#: release-manual.xml:2228
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2207
+#: release-manual.xml:2230
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"and Håvard Korsvoll and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2209
+#: release-manual.xml:2232
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert and Jürgen Leibner and is "
@@ -5419,32 +5503,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2211
+#: release-manual.xml:2234
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2216
+#: release-manual.xml:2239
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Oversettelser av dette dokumentet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2218
+#: release-manual.xml:2241
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2222
+#: release-manual.xml:2245
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Oversettelser av dette dokumentet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2224
+#: release-manual.xml:2247
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -5454,7 +5538,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2227
+#: release-manual.xml:2250
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -5464,7 +5548,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2231
+#: release-manual.xml:2254
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
@@ -5477,14 +5561,14 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2235
+#: release-manual.xml:2258
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2240
+#: release-manual.xml:2263
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -5493,26 +5577,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2244
+#: release-manual.xml:2267
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2246
+#: release-manual.xml:2269
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2249
+#: release-manual.xml:2272
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2254
+#: release-manual.xml:2277
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -5520,24 +5604,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2256
+#: release-manual.xml:2279
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2262
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
#, fuzzy
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Vedlegg A - GNU Generell Offentlig Lisens"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2265
+#: release-manual.xml:2288
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2271
+#: release-manual.xml:2294
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -5546,7 +5630,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2274
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -5555,7 +5639,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2276
+#: release-manual.xml:2299
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5564,7 +5648,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2278
+#: release-manual.xml:2301
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5572,17 +5656,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2306
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2308
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2287
+#: release-manual.xml:2310
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -5591,12 +5675,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2292
+#: release-manual.xml:2315
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2294
+#: release-manual.xml:2317
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -5610,7 +5694,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -5621,7 +5705,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2299
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -5633,14 +5717,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:2325
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2304
+#: release-manual.xml:2327
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -5649,7 +5733,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2330
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -5657,7 +5741,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2310
+#: release-manual.xml:2333
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -5666,7 +5750,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2313
+#: release-manual.xml:2336
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -5681,7 +5765,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2318
+#: release-manual.xml:2341
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -5695,7 +5779,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2343
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -5704,7 +5788,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2322
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -5713,7 +5797,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2324
+#: release-manual.xml:2347
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -5722,7 +5806,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2327
+#: release-manual.xml:2350
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -5731,7 +5815,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2330
+#: release-manual.xml:2353
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -5742,7 +5826,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2333
+#: release-manual.xml:2356
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -5752,7 +5836,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2338
+#: release-manual.xml:2361
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -5766,7 +5850,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2340
+#: release-manual.xml:2363
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -5776,7 +5860,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2365
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -5788,7 +5872,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2345
+#: release-manual.xml:2368
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -5801,7 +5885,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2348
+#: release-manual.xml:2371
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -5813,7 +5897,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2351
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -5830,7 +5914,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#: release-manual.xml:2377
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -5838,7 +5922,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2356
+#: release-manual.xml:2379
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -5852,14 +5936,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2358
+#: release-manual.xml:2381
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2360
+#: release-manual.xml:2383
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -5871,7 +5955,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2363
+#: release-manual.xml:2386
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -5880,7 +5964,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -5892,7 +5976,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2368
+#: release-manual.xml:2391
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -5905,13 +5989,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2371
+#: release-manual.xml:2394
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Velg en profil</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2374
+#: release-manual.xml:2397
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -5925,7 +6009,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2377
+#: release-manual.xml:2400
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -5939,42 +6023,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2383
+#: release-manual.xml:2406
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
+#: release-manual.xml:2416
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2394
+#: release-manual.xml:2417
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2395
+#: release-manual.xml:2418
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2396
+#: release-manual.xml:2419
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2401
+#: release-manual.xml:2424
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2403
+#: release-manual.xml:2426
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -5986,125 +6070,125 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2408
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Velg en profil</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2412
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Velg en profil</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2416
+#: release-manual.xml:2439
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Velg en profil</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2421
+#: release-manual.xml:2444
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2447
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427 release-manual.xml:2437
+#: release-manual.xml:2450 release-manual.xml:2460
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2431
+#: release-manual.xml:2454
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2434
+#: release-manual.xml:2457
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2441
+#: release-manual.xml:2464
msgid "German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2444
+#: release-manual.xml:2467
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2447
+#: release-manual.xml:2470
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2451
+#: release-manual.xml:2474
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2454
+#: release-manual.xml:2477
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2457
+#: release-manual.xml:2480
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2461
+#: release-manual.xml:2484
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2464
+#: release-manual.xml:2487
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2467
+#: release-manual.xml:2490
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2471
+#: release-manual.xml:2494
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2474
+#: release-manual.xml:2497
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2477
+#: release-manual.xml:2500
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2481
+#: release-manual.xml:2504
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2484
+#: release-manual.xml:2507
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2487
+#: release-manual.xml:2510
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494
+#: release-manual.xml:2517
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -6113,35 +6197,34 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2501
+#: release-manual.xml:2524
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2507
+#: release-manual.xml:2530
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2508
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2514
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2516
+#: release-manual.xml:2539
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
"live/'>HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
msgstr ""
-
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
index 676d7b0..23d9721 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-26 17:06+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-27 13:22+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL at ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL at li.org>\n"
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2269
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2292
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr ""
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:8
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc "
-"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-26</computeroutput>."
+"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-27</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
@@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1369 release-manual.xml:2018 release-manual.xml:2053 release-manual.xml:2133
+#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1383 release-manual.xml:2041 release-manual.xml:2076 release-manual.xml:2156
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1464,133 +1464,157 @@ msgid ""
"but there is currently no howto available for this."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:527
+msgid "A note on DVD installs"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:529
+msgid ""
+"If you install from a DVD <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list "
+"</computeroutput> will only contain sources from the DVD. If you have an "
+"internet connection we strongly suggest to add the following lines to it, so "
+"that available (security) updates can be installed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:533
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ etch main \n"
+"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main \n"
+"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:528
+#: release-manual.xml:542
msgid ""
"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server "
"installation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:531
+#: release-manual.xml:545
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:537
+#: release-manual.xml:551
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:543
+#: release-manual.xml:557
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:549
+#: release-manual.xml:563
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:555
+#: release-manual.xml:569
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:561
+#: release-manual.xml:575
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:567
+#: release-manual.xml:581
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:573
+#: release-manual.xml:587
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:579
+#: release-manual.xml:593
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:585
+#: release-manual.xml:599
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:591
+#: release-manual.xml:605
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:597
+#: release-manual.xml:611
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:603
+#: release-manual.xml:617
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:609
+#: release-manual.xml:623
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:614
+#: release-manual.xml:628
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:617
+#: release-manual.xml:631
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:626
+#: release-manual.xml:640
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:628
+#: release-manual.xml:642
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:629
+#: release-manual.xml:643
msgid ""
"adding workstations to host netgroups (for exporting home-directories via "
"NFS)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:630
+#: release-manual.xml:644
msgid "adding users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:631
+#: release-manual.xml:645
msgid ""
"it's advised to add the workstations to the dhcpd-config - LTSP-servers must "
"be added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:634
+#: release-manual.xml:648
msgid "This is described below."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:636
+#: release-manual.xml:650
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter describes more tips and "
"tricks and frequently asked questions, while this chapter describes the "
@@ -1598,29 +1622,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:639
+#: release-manual.xml:653
msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:646
+#: release-manual.xml:660
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:648
+#: release-manual.xml:662
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:652
+#: release-manual.xml:666
msgid "Web based management, using lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:654
+#: release-manual.xml:668
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -1628,27 +1652,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:655
+#: release-manual.xml:669
msgid "User Administration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:656
+#: release-manual.xml:670
msgid "Group Administration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:657
+#: release-manual.xml:671
msgid "Automount informations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:658
+#: release-manual.xml:672
msgid "Machine Administration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:661
+#: release-manual.xml:675
msgid ""
"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink "
"url='https://www/lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error "
@@ -1656,24 +1680,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:663
+#: release-manual.xml:677
msgid "the certificate is self-signed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:664
+#: release-manual.xml:678
msgid "The certificate is generated for tjener.intern"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:665
+#: release-manual.xml:679
msgid ""
"you may also get an error if the installation is more than one month old, "
"since the certificate is only valid for one month."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:668
+#: release-manual.xml:682
msgid ""
"When you have neglected the warnings (or fixed them...), you will see the "
"page below with the menu fixed to the left part and the varying main part on "
@@ -1683,37 +1707,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:669
+#: release-manual.xml:683
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:671
+#: release-manual.xml:685
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:674
+#: release-manual.xml:688
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:679
+#: release-manual.xml:693
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:684
+#: release-manual.xml:698
msgid "User Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:686
+#: release-manual.xml:700
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -1723,14 +1747,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:688
+#: release-manual.xml:702
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:690
+#: release-manual.xml:704
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -1738,12 +1762,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:694
+#: release-manual.xml:708
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:696
+#: release-manual.xml:710
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -1757,54 +1781,54 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:698
+#: release-manual.xml:712
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>role </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:702
+#: release-manual.xml:716
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>granted privileges </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:707
+#: release-manual.xml:721
msgid "Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:710
+#: release-manual.xml:724
msgid "Login and use the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:714
+#: release-manual.xml:728
msgid "Teachers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:717
+#: release-manual.xml:731
msgid "Same as Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:721
+#: release-manual.xml:735
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:724
+#: release-manual.xml:738
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:728
+#: release-manual.xml:742
msgid "Admins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:731
+#: release-manual.xml:745
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete "
"users/groups/machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux "
@@ -1812,33 +1836,33 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:738
+#: release-manual.xml:752
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:740
+#: release-manual.xml:754
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:743
+#: release-manual.xml:757
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:748
+#: release-manual.xml:762
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:751
+#: release-manual.xml:765
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -1848,12 +1872,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:759
+#: release-manual.xml:773
msgid "Search and delete Users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:761
+#: release-manual.xml:775
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -1865,12 +1889,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:764
+#: release-manual.xml:778
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:769
+#: release-manual.xml:783
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -1878,17 +1902,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:772
+#: release-manual.xml:786
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:781
+#: release-manual.xml:795
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:783
+#: release-manual.xml:797
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -1897,19 +1921,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:785
+#: release-manual.xml:799
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:790
+#: release-manual.xml:804
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:792
+#: release-manual.xml:806
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -1920,81 +1944,81 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:794
+#: release-manual.xml:808
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:796
+#: release-manual.xml:810
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>First address </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:800
+#: release-manual.xml:814
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Last address </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:804
+#: release-manual.xml:818
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>hostname </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:809
+#: release-manual.xml:823
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:812
+#: release-manual.xml:826
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:815
+#: release-manual.xml:829
msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:821
+#: release-manual.xml:835
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:824
+#: release-manual.xml:838
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:827
+#: release-manual.xml:841
msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:833
+#: release-manual.xml:847
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:836
+#: release-manual.xml:850
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:839
+#: release-manual.xml:853
msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:848
+#: release-manual.xml:862
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:850
+#: release-manual.xml:864
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -2003,17 +2027,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:853
+#: release-manual.xml:867
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:859 release-manual.xml:892 release-manual.xml:986 release-manual.xml:1555 release-manual.xml:1566 release-manual.xml:1671 release-manual.xml:1971 release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:2000
+#: release-manual.xml:873 release-manual.xml:906 release-manual.xml:1000 release-manual.xml:1578 release-manual.xml:1589 release-manual.xml:1694 release-manual.xml:1994 release-manual.xml:2008 release-manual.xml:2023
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:862
+#: release-manual.xml:876
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -2021,12 +2045,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:866
+#: release-manual.xml:880
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:868
+#: release-manual.xml:882
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf "
@@ -2035,7 +2059,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:872
+#: release-manual.xml:886
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -2043,7 +2067,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:876
+#: release-manual.xml:890
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2054,14 +2078,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:882
+#: release-manual.xml:896
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:885
+#: release-manual.xml:899
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2072,19 +2096,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:895
+#: release-manual.xml:909
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:900
+#: release-manual.xml:914
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:902
+#: release-manual.xml:916
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at "
"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or "
@@ -2092,12 +2116,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:910
+#: release-manual.xml:924
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:912
+#: release-manual.xml:926
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink "
"url='https://www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups "
@@ -2107,7 +2131,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:915
+#: release-manual.xml:929
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -2115,12 +2139,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:921
+#: release-manual.xml:935
msgid "Clock synchronization"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:923
+#: release-manual.xml:937
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -2132,7 +2156,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:925
+#: release-manual.xml:939
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -2144,12 +2168,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:933
+#: release-manual.xml:947
msgid "Extend full partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:935
+#: release-manual.xml:949
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
@@ -2160,24 +2184,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:943
+#: release-manual.xml:957
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:947
+#: release-manual.xml:961
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:949
+#: release-manual.xml:963
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade "
"</computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:952
+#: release-manual.xml:966
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -2187,14 +2211,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:957
+#: release-manual.xml:971
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use "
"kde-update-notifier. FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:959
+#: release-manual.xml:973
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -2202,7 +2226,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:963
+#: release-manual.xml:977
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -2211,19 +2235,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:967
+#: release-manual.xml:981
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:973
+#: release-manual.xml:987
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:975
+#: release-manual.xml:989
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink "
"url='https://www/slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please "
@@ -2233,7 +2257,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:978
+#: release-manual.xml:992
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 "
"</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to "
@@ -2242,21 +2266,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:982
+#: release-manual.xml:996
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:989
+#: release-manual.xml:1003
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:991
+#: release-manual.xml:1005
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a "
@@ -2265,17 +2289,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:996
+#: release-manual.xml:1010
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1000
+#: release-manual.xml:1014
msgid "Munin"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1002
+#: release-manual.xml:1016
msgid ""
"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink "
"url='https://www/munin/'>https://www/munin/ </ulink>. It provides system "
@@ -2285,7 +2309,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1005
+#: release-manual.xml:1019
msgid ""
"The list of machines being monitored using munin is generated automatically "
"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the "
@@ -2299,7 +2323,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1009
+#: release-manual.xml:1023
msgid ""
"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink "
"url='http://munin.projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ "
@@ -2307,19 +2331,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1015
+#: release-manual.xml:1029
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1017
+#: release-manual.xml:1031
msgid ""
"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink "
"url='https://www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1020
+#: release-manual.xml:1034
msgid ""
"The username is nagiosadmin and the password is undefined, you must set your "
"own password before you can login and use nagios. For security reasons, "
@@ -2328,7 +2352,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: release-manual.xml:1037
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"htpasswd /etc/nagios2/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin\n"
@@ -2336,7 +2360,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1026
+#: release-manual.xml:1040
msgid ""
"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
@@ -2346,7 +2370,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1032
+#: release-manual.xml:1046
msgid ""
"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink "
"url='http://www.nagios.org/'>http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
@@ -2354,19 +2378,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1039
+#: release-manual.xml:1053
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1041
+#: release-manual.xml:1055
msgid ""
"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink "
"url='https://www/sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1044
+#: release-manual.xml:1058
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary "
@@ -2374,12 +2398,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1052
+#: release-manual.xml:1066
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1054
+#: release-manual.xml:1068
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian "
@@ -2389,7 +2413,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1057
+#: release-manual.xml:1071
msgid ""
"More <ulink "
"url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual'>information about "
@@ -2397,7 +2421,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1060
+#: release-manual.xml:1074
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -2406,7 +2430,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1062
+#: release-manual.xml:1076
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
"weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
@@ -2418,17 +2442,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1067
+#: release-manual.xml:1081
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1069
+#: release-manual.xml:1083
msgid "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1071
+#: release-manual.xml:1085
msgid ""
"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink "
"url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes for "
@@ -2440,12 +2464,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1078
+#: release-manual.xml:1092
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1080
+#: release-manual.xml:1094
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -2453,24 +2477,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1081
+#: release-manual.xml:1095
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1082
+#: release-manual.xml:1096
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1085
+#: release-manual.xml:1099
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1087
+#: release-manual.xml:1101
msgid ""
"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
"data in this partition is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on a "
@@ -2482,19 +2506,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1092
+#: release-manual.xml:1106
msgid "Prepare the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1094
+#: release-manual.xml:1108
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
"partition, you have to resize this partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1096
+#: release-manual.xml:1110
msgid ""
"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
@@ -2502,7 +2526,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1099
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -2511,45 +2535,45 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: release-manual.xml:1118
msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: release-manual.xml:1118
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1121
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1121
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1110
+#: release-manual.xml:1124
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1110
+#: release-manual.xml:1124
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1113
+#: release-manual.xml:1127
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1113
+#: release-manual.xml:1127
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -2558,14 +2582,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1121
+#: release-manual.xml:1135
msgid ""
"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
"contain these lines"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1123
+#: release-manual.xml:1137
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
@@ -2574,12 +2598,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1129
+#: release-manual.xml:1143
msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1130
+#: release-manual.xml:1144
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -2587,12 +2611,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1138
+#: release-manual.xml:1152
msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1140
+#: release-manual.xml:1154
msgid ""
"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
@@ -2600,7 +2624,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1142
+#: release-manual.xml:1156
msgid ""
"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
"depends on what is additionally installed on your system. (Additionally to "
@@ -2612,54 +2636,54 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1145
+#: release-manual.xml:1159
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1147
+#: release-manual.xml:1161
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1152
+#: release-manual.xml:1166
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1153
+#: release-manual.xml:1167
msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1156
+#: release-manual.xml:1170
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#: release-manual.xml:1171
msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1160
+#: release-manual.xml:1174
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1161
+#: release-manual.xml:1175
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1164
+#: release-manual.xml:1178
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1165
+#: release-manual.xml:1179
msgid ""
"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
@@ -2667,59 +2691,59 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1168
+#: release-manual.xml:1182
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1170
+#: release-manual.xml:1184
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1174
+#: release-manual.xml:1188
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#: release-manual.xml:1191
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1178
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1179
+#: release-manual.xml:1193
msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1182
+#: release-manual.xml:1196
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1184
+#: release-manual.xml:1198
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1186
+#: release-manual.xml:1200
msgid ""
"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
"packages installed."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1188
+#: release-manual.xml:1202
msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1190
+#: release-manual.xml:1204
msgid ""
"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
"modified version of a configfile or if you want to get the latest. The "
@@ -2728,12 +2752,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1192
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1193
+#: release-manual.xml:1207
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2744,7 +2768,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1199
+#: release-manual.xml:1213
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: "
"<emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> "
@@ -2755,33 +2779,33 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1203
+#: release-manual.xml:1217
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1205
+#: release-manual.xml:1219
msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1207
+#: release-manual.xml:1221
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1208
+#: release-manual.xml:1222
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#: release-manual.xml:1225
msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1212
+#: release-manual.xml:1226
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2791,7 +2815,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1217
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
msgid ""
"In order to fix this, rename this directory: "
"<emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb "
@@ -2801,7 +2825,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1234
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -2809,7 +2833,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1223
+#: release-manual.xml:1237
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without "
"</emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please "
@@ -2817,18 +2841,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1225
+#: release-manual.xml:1239
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: release-manual.xml:1241
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1228
+#: release-manual.xml:1242
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2837,48 +2861,48 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1232
+#: release-manual.xml:1246
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1234
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1236
+#: release-manual.xml:1250
msgid "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1238
+#: release-manual.xml:1252
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1257
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: release-manual.xml:1259
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1260
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1248
+#: release-manual.xml:1262
msgid ""
"See <ulink "
"url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=386791'>#386791 "
@@ -2886,12 +2910,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1254
+#: release-manual.xml:1268
msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1256
+#: release-manual.xml:1270
msgid ""
"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
@@ -2901,7 +2925,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1258
+#: release-manual.xml:1272
msgid ""
"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
@@ -2909,7 +2933,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1259
+#: release-manual.xml:1273
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
@@ -2919,7 +2943,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1264
+#: release-manual.xml:1278
msgid ""
"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
@@ -2928,12 +2952,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1270
+#: release-manual.xml:1284
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1272
+#: release-manual.xml:1286
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
@@ -2943,37 +2967,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1279
+#: release-manual.xml:1293
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1281
+#: release-manual.xml:1295
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1284
+#: release-manual.xml:1298
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1287
+#: release-manual.xml:1301
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1290
+#: release-manual.xml:1304
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1297
+#: release-manual.xml:1311
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1299
+#: release-manual.xml:1313
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"Maintainance\">Maintainance</link> chapters describe how to get "
@@ -2982,42 +3006,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1305
+#: release-manual.xml:1319
msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1306
+#: release-manual.xml:1320
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1307
+#: release-manual.xml:1321
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1308
+#: release-manual.xml:1322
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1309
+#: release-manual.xml:1323
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1310
+#: release-manual.xml:1324
msgid "update dns on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1316
+#: release-manual.xml:1330
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1318
+#: release-manual.xml:1332
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk "
"</computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ "
@@ -3028,7 +3052,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1323
+#: release-manual.xml:1337
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
@@ -3036,12 +3060,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1326
+#: release-manual.xml:1340
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1327
+#: release-manual.xml:1341
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -3053,19 +3077,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1336
+#: release-manual.xml:1350
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1338
+#: release-manual.xml:1352
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1341
+#: release-manual.xml:1355
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
@@ -3073,12 +3097,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1344
+#: release-manual.xml:1358
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1347
+#: release-manual.xml:1361
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
@@ -3086,12 +3110,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1350
+#: release-manual.xml:1364
msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1353
+#: release-manual.xml:1367
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
@@ -3099,14 +3123,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1356
+#: release-manual.xml:1370
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1359
+#: release-manual.xml:1373
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -3114,12 +3138,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1362
+#: release-manual.xml:1376
msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1365
+#: release-manual.xml:1379
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
@@ -3127,14 +3151,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1368
+#: release-manual.xml:1382
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1375
+#: release-manual.xml:1389
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
@@ -3142,12 +3166,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1381
+#: release-manual.xml:1395
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1383
+#: release-manual.xml:1397
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -3155,7 +3179,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1386
+#: release-manual.xml:1400
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -3163,19 +3187,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1389
+#: release-manual.xml:1403
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1395
+#: release-manual.xml:1409
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1397
+#: release-manual.xml:1411
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -3185,7 +3209,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1399
+#: release-manual.xml:1413
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -3195,7 +3219,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1401
+#: release-manual.xml:1415
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is "
@@ -3211,12 +3235,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1410
+#: release-manual.xml:1424
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1412
+#: release-manual.xml:1426
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
@@ -3224,12 +3248,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1419
+#: release-manual.xml:1433
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1421
+#: release-manual.xml:1435
msgid ""
"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
@@ -3237,17 +3261,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1426
+#: release-manual.xml:1440
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1428
+#: release-manual.xml:1442
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1430
+#: release-manual.xml:1444
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -3259,12 +3283,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1436
+#: release-manual.xml:1450
msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1438
+#: release-manual.xml:1452
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the "
"<computeroutput>debian-archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is "
@@ -3274,7 +3298,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#: release-manual.xml:1457
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -3282,27 +3306,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1446
+#: release-manual.xml:1460
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade "
"</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1453
+#: release-manual.xml:1467
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1455
+#: release-manual.xml:1469
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian "
-"Edu. It runs great, there is just one problem sometimes: some software is a "
-"little bit more outdated as you like. This is where backports.org come in."
+"Edu. It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a "
+"little bit more outdated as you like. This is where backports.org steps in."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1457
+#: release-manual.xml:1471
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
@@ -3315,7 +3339,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1461
+#: release-manual.xml:1475
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt "
@@ -3325,19 +3349,35 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1467
+#: release-manual.xml:1481
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"# install the debian-keyring securily\n"
+"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
-"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily\n"
+"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it "
"is:\n"
"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C "
"&& gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add - \n"
+"# update the list of available packages:\n"
+"aptitude update\n"
"]]>\n"
"</screen>\n"
+"<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports "
+"install <packagename>\n"
+"</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can configure a "
+"package to be always installed from backports.org though "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
+"</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink "
+"url='http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instructions "
+"on backports.org\n"
+"</ulink>. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are "
+"installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you "
+"need to update manually. \n"
+"</para>\n"
"</section>\n"
"\n"
"<section>\n"
@@ -3346,96 +3386,87 @@ msgid ""
"<para>\n"
"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre "
"sun-java5-fonts\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>The HowTos from <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1510 release-manual.xml:1951 release-manual.xml:2049
+msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1512 release-manual.xml:1953 release-manual.xml:2051
+msgid ""
+"The HowTos from <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ "
"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the "
"user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask "
"the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine "
-"with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
-"<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
-"</title><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
-"<para>FIXME: see <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode\n"
+"with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1540
+msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1546
+msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1548
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: see <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode "
"</ulink> and write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings "
-"here. (esp. how to change them from a schooladmin POV) \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Modifying the kdm login screen\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was "
-"changed. Now, it is done by adding a file in "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/\n"
-"</computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
-"{{desktop-base}}} package: \n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
+"here. (esp. how to change them from a schooladmin POV)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1556
+msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1558
+msgid ""
+"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
+"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ "
+"</computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1561
+msgid ""
+"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
+"package:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1562
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
"THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1543
+#: release-manual.xml:1566
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1549
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
msgid "Flash"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1551
+#: release-manual.xml:1574
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
@@ -3445,21 +3476,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1558
+#: release-manual.xml:1581
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1560
+#: release-manual.xml:1583
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1562
+#: release-manual.xml:1585
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/'>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/ "
@@ -3467,7 +3498,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1569 release-manual.xml:2003
+#: release-manual.xml:1592 release-manual.xml:2026
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -3476,14 +3507,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1573
+#: release-manual.xml:1596
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1574
+#: release-manual.xml:1597
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget "
@@ -3492,12 +3523,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1577
+#: release-manual.xml:1600
msgid "If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1578
+#: release-manual.xml:1601
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -3505,12 +3536,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1581
+#: release-manual.xml:1604
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1582
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -3518,17 +3549,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1588
+#: release-manual.xml:1611
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1590
+#: release-manual.xml:1613
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1591
+#: release-manual.xml:1614
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -3536,12 +3567,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1597
+#: release-manual.xml:1620
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1599
+#: release-manual.xml:1622
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -3549,14 +3580,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1601
+#: release-manual.xml:1624
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1602
+#: release-manual.xml:1625
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -3564,19 +3595,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1605
+#: release-manual.xml:1628
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia "
"(debian-multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1607
+#: release-manual.xml:1630
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1608
+#: release-manual.xml:1631
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -3584,17 +3615,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1615
+#: release-manual.xml:1638
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1621
+#: release-manual.xml:1644
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1623
+#: release-manual.xml:1646
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations "
"/ lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -3603,17 +3634,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1629
+#: release-manual.xml:1652
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1633
+#: release-manual.xml:1656
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1635
+#: release-manual.xml:1658
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf "
@@ -3623,7 +3654,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1639
+#: release-manual.xml:1662
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] "
"</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -3632,14 +3663,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1643
+#: release-manual.xml:1666
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1646
+#: release-manual.xml:1669
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -3650,19 +3681,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1652
+#: release-manual.xml:1675
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1654
+#: release-manual.xml:1677
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1656
+#: release-manual.xml:1679
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -3671,12 +3702,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1663
+#: release-manual.xml:1686
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1665
+#: release-manual.xml:1688
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -3688,19 +3719,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1674
+#: release-manual.xml:1697
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version "
"0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1679
+#: release-manual.xml:1702
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1681
+#: release-manual.xml:1704
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -3709,27 +3740,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1683
+#: release-manual.xml:1706
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1685
+#: release-manual.xml:1708
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1691
+#: release-manual.xml:1714
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1695
+#: release-manual.xml:1718
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1697
+#: release-manual.xml:1720
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -3738,21 +3769,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1699
+#: release-manual.xml:1722
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1701
+#: release-manual.xml:1724
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1703
+#: release-manual.xml:1726
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -3762,12 +3793,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1708
+#: release-manual.xml:1731
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1710
+#: release-manual.xml:1733
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -3780,26 +3811,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1714
+#: release-manual.xml:1737
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1715
+#: release-manual.xml:1738
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1718
+#: release-manual.xml:1741
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1719
+#: release-manual.xml:1742
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -3813,7 +3844,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1722
+#: release-manual.xml:1745
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and "
"logout. Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take "
@@ -3823,12 +3854,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1726
+#: release-manual.xml:1749
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1728
+#: release-manual.xml:1751
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -3839,7 +3870,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1732
+#: release-manual.xml:1755
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -3849,12 +3880,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1741
+#: release-manual.xml:1764
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1743
+#: release-manual.xml:1766
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to "
@@ -3863,12 +3894,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1748
+#: release-manual.xml:1771
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1750
+#: release-manual.xml:1773
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -3879,7 +3910,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1752
+#: release-manual.xml:1775
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -3890,7 +3921,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1754
+#: release-manual.xml:1777
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -3899,7 +3930,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1757
+#: release-manual.xml:1780
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -3910,22 +3941,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1762 release-manual.xml:1845
+#: release-manual.xml:1785 release-manual.xml:1868
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1764
+#: release-manual.xml:1787
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1765
+#: release-manual.xml:1788
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#: release-manual.xml:1790
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -3935,56 +3966,56 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1768
+#: release-manual.xml:1791
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1769
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1770 release-manual.xml:1773
+#: release-manual.xml:1793 release-manual.xml:1796
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1771
+#: release-manual.xml:1794
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1772
+#: release-manual.xml:1795
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1776
+#: release-manual.xml:1799
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1778
+#: release-manual.xml:1801
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1780
+#: release-manual.xml:1803
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1788 release-manual.xml:1861 release-manual.xml:1886
+#: release-manual.xml:1811 release-manual.xml:1884 release-manual.xml:1909
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1790
+#: release-manual.xml:1813
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on "
@@ -3995,48 +4026,48 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1795
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1797
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1798
+#: release-manual.xml:1821
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1800
+#: release-manual.xml:1823
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#: release-manual.xml:1827
msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1808
+#: release-manual.xml:1831
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811
+#: release-manual.xml:1834
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1814
+#: release-manual.xml:1837
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -4044,17 +4075,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1816
+#: release-manual.xml:1839
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1839
+#: release-manual.xml:1862
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1841
+#: release-manual.xml:1864
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -4064,7 +4095,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#: release-manual.xml:1870
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using "
"gpedit.msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be "
@@ -4073,7 +4104,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1849
+#: release-manual.xml:1872
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -4081,34 +4112,34 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1851
+#: release-manual.xml:1874
msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1854
+#: release-manual.xml:1877
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1863
+#: release-manual.xml:1886
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1869
+#: release-manual.xml:1892
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1896
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1875
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual "
"machines. This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on "
@@ -4116,29 +4147,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1877
+#: release-manual.xml:1900
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1879
+#: release-manual.xml:1902
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1888
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1893
+#: release-manual.xml:1916
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1895
+#: release-manual.xml:1918
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -4148,7 +4179,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1921
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -4157,12 +4188,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1907
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1909
+#: release-manual.xml:1932
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -4170,14 +4201,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1911
+#: release-manual.xml:1934
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1915
+#: release-manual.xml:1938
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux "
"remotely. Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> "
@@ -4185,7 +4216,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1918
+#: release-manual.xml:1941
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -4194,66 +4225,50 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1920
+#: release-manual.xml:1943
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1928 release-manual.xml:2026
-msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930 release-manual.xml:2028
-msgid ""
-"The HowTos from <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ "
-"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the "
-"user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask "
-"the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine "
-"with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.)"
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1946
+#: release-manual.xml:1969
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1952
+#: release-manual.xml:1975
msgid "moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1954
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1957
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
msgid ""
"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
"credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1962
+#: release-manual.xml:1985
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1964
+#: release-manual.xml:1987
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1967
+#: release-manual.xml:1990
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc\n"
@@ -4261,26 +4276,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1974
+#: release-manual.xml:1997
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:2003
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1982
+#: release-manual.xml:2005
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet "
"access. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1988
+#: release-manual.xml:2011
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -4288,12 +4303,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1994
+#: release-manual.xml:2017
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -4301,7 +4316,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2008
+#: release-manual.xml:2031
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -4316,14 +4331,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2016
+#: release-manual.xml:2039
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2054
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep "
@@ -4331,22 +4346,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2040
+#: release-manual.xml:2063
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2044
+#: release-manual.xml:2067
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2047
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2052
+#: release-manual.xml:2075
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -4355,7 +4370,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2058
+#: release-manual.xml:2081
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -4366,12 +4381,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2064
+#: release-manual.xml:2087
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2066
+#: release-manual.xml:2089
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -4379,7 +4394,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2068
+#: release-manual.xml:2091
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -4387,12 +4402,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2075
+#: release-manual.xml:2098
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2077
+#: release-manual.xml:2100
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> "
@@ -4400,7 +4415,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2103
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list "
"</ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we "
@@ -4409,7 +4424,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2083
+#: release-manual.xml:2106
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink "
@@ -4418,12 +4433,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2112
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -4432,7 +4447,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2093
+#: release-manual.xml:2116
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple "
"webbrowser. Just go to <ulink "
@@ -4444,7 +4459,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2101
+#: release-manual.xml:2124
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -4453,7 +4468,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2103
+#: release-manual.xml:2126
msgid ""
"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
@@ -4464,22 +4479,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2114
+#: release-manual.xml:2137
msgid "Support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2118
+#: release-manual.xml:2141
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2122
+#: release-manual.xml:2145
msgid "in english"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2128
+#: release-manual.xml:2151
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -4487,7 +4502,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2132
+#: release-manual.xml:2155
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -4495,12 +4510,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2143
+#: release-manual.xml:2166
msgid "in norwegian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2145
+#: release-manual.xml:2168
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker "
@@ -4508,7 +4523,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2149
+#: release-manual.xml:2172
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen "
@@ -4517,17 +4532,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2152
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2158
+#: release-manual.xml:2181
msgid "in german"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2160
+#: release-manual.xml:2183
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user "
@@ -4535,24 +4550,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2164
+#: release-manual.xml:2187
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2167
+#: release-manual.xml:2190
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2173
+#: release-manual.xml:2196
msgid "in french"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french "
@@ -4560,12 +4575,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: release-manual.xml:2207
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2209
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp "
@@ -4573,12 +4588,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2193
+#: release-manual.xml:2216
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2195
+#: release-manual.xml:2218
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
"Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter, "
@@ -4587,7 +4602,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2197
+#: release-manual.xml:2220
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions "
@@ -4596,26 +4611,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2203
+#: release-manual.xml:2226
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2205
+#: release-manual.xml:2228
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2207
+#: release-manual.xml:2230
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"and Håvard Korsvoll and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2209
+#: release-manual.xml:2232
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert and Jürgen Leibner and is "
@@ -4623,31 +4638,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2211
+#: release-manual.xml:2234
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2216
+#: release-manual.xml:2239
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2218
+#: release-manual.xml:2241
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2222
+#: release-manual.xml:2245
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2224
+#: release-manual.xml:2247
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read "
@@ -4657,7 +4672,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2227
+#: release-manual.xml:2250
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -4668,7 +4683,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2231
+#: release-manual.xml:2254
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -4677,7 +4692,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2235
+#: release-manual.xml:2258
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co "
"svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-edu-doc "
@@ -4685,7 +4700,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2240
+#: release-manual.xml:2263
msgid ""
"Then edit the "
"<computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual.$CC.po "
@@ -4695,26 +4710,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2244
+#: release-manual.xml:2267
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2246
+#: release-manual.xml:2269
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2249
+#: release-manual.xml:2272
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2254
+#: release-manual.xml:2277
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -4722,23 +4737,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2256
+#: release-manual.xml:2279
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2262
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2265
+#: release-manual.xml:2288
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2271
+#: release-manual.xml:2294
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink "
"url='mailto:holger at layer-acht.org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and "
@@ -4747,7 +4762,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2274
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -4756,7 +4771,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2276
+#: release-manual.xml:2299
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -4765,7 +4780,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2278
+#: release-manual.xml:2301
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -4773,17 +4788,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2306
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2308
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2287
+#: release-manual.xml:2310
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -4792,12 +4807,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2292
+#: release-manual.xml:2315
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2294
+#: release-manual.xml:2317
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -4811,7 +4826,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -4822,7 +4837,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2299
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -4834,14 +4849,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:2325
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2304
+#: release-manual.xml:2327
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -4850,7 +4865,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2330
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -4858,7 +4873,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2310
+#: release-manual.xml:2333
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -4867,7 +4882,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2313
+#: release-manual.xml:2336
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -4882,7 +4897,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2318
+#: release-manual.xml:2341
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -4896,7 +4911,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2343
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -4905,7 +4920,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2322
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -4914,7 +4929,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2324
+#: release-manual.xml:2347
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -4923,7 +4938,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2327
+#: release-manual.xml:2350
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -4932,7 +4947,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2330
+#: release-manual.xml:2353
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -4943,7 +4958,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2333
+#: release-manual.xml:2356
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -4953,7 +4968,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2338
+#: release-manual.xml:2361
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -4967,7 +4982,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2340
+#: release-manual.xml:2363
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -4977,7 +4992,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2365
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -4989,7 +5004,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2345
+#: release-manual.xml:2368
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -5002,7 +5017,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2348
+#: release-manual.xml:2371
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -5014,7 +5029,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2351
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -5031,7 +5046,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#: release-manual.xml:2377
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -5039,7 +5054,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2356
+#: release-manual.xml:2379
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -5053,14 +5068,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2358
+#: release-manual.xml:2381
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2360
+#: release-manual.xml:2383
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -5072,7 +5087,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2363
+#: release-manual.xml:2386
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -5081,7 +5096,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -5093,7 +5108,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2368
+#: release-manual.xml:2391
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -5106,12 +5121,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2371
+#: release-manual.xml:2394
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2374
+#: release-manual.xml:2397
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -5125,7 +5140,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2377
+#: release-manual.xml:2400
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -5139,42 +5154,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2383
+#: release-manual.xml:2406
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
+#: release-manual.xml:2416
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2394
+#: release-manual.xml:2417
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2395
+#: release-manual.xml:2418
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2396
+#: release-manual.xml:2419
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2401
+#: release-manual.xml:2424
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2403
+#: release-manual.xml:2426
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using "
"<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where "
@@ -5187,122 +5202,122 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2408
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2412
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2416
+#: release-manual.xml:2439
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2421
+#: release-manual.xml:2444
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2447
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427 release-manual.xml:2437
+#: release-manual.xml:2450 release-manual.xml:2460
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2431
+#: release-manual.xml:2454
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2434
+#: release-manual.xml:2457
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2441
+#: release-manual.xml:2464
msgid "German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2444
+#: release-manual.xml:2467
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2447
+#: release-manual.xml:2470
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2451
+#: release-manual.xml:2474
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2454
+#: release-manual.xml:2477
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2457
+#: release-manual.xml:2480
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2461
+#: release-manual.xml:2484
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2464
+#: release-manual.xml:2487
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2467
+#: release-manual.xml:2490
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2471
+#: release-manual.xml:2494
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2474
+#: release-manual.xml:2497
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2477
+#: release-manual.xml:2500
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2481
+#: release-manual.xml:2504
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2484
+#: release-manual.xml:2507
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2487
+#: release-manual.xml:2510
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494
+#: release-manual.xml:2517
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in "
"<computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the "
@@ -5312,32 +5327,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2501
+#: release-manual.xml:2524
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2507
+#: release-manual.xml:2530
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2508
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2514
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2516
+#: release-manual.xml:2539
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink "
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
index e79ae39..2fc49fc 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
</emphasis>) release manual for the Debian Edu etch 3.0 release.
</para>
<para>This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc
-</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-26</computeroutput>.
+</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-27</computeroutput>.
</para>
<para>The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch
</ulink> is a wiki and updated frequently.
@@ -522,6 +522,20 @@
</computeroutput>, but there is currently no howto available for this.
</para>
</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>A note on DVD installs
+</title>
+<para>If you install from a DVD <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list
+</computeroutput> will only contain sources from the DVD. If you have an internet connection we strongly suggest to add the following lines to it, so that available (security) updates can be installed:
+</para>
+<para>
+</para><screen><![CDATA[deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ etch main
+deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main
+deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local
+]]>
+</screen>
+</section>
</section>
<section>
@@ -1452,7 +1466,7 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]>
<section>
<title>Using backports.org
</title>
-<para>You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. It runs great, there is just one problem sometimes: some software is a little bit more outdated as you like. This is where backports.org come in.
+<para>You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit more outdated as you like. This is where backports.org steps in.
</para>
<para>Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run without new libraries (wherever it is possible) on a stable Debian distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role='strong'>We recommend you to pick out single backports which fits your needs, and not to use all backports available there.
</emphasis> Please follow the instructions on <ulink url='http://www.backports.org'>http://www.backports.org
@@ -1464,14 +1478,23 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]>
</ulink>. This is done by running these commands as root:
</para>
<para>
-</para><screen><![CDATA[# install the debian-keyring securily
+</para><screen><![CDATA[# install the debian-keyring securily:
aptitude install debian-keyring
-# fetch the backports.org key insecurily
+# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:
gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C
# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:
gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -
+# update the list of available packages:
+aptitude update
]]>
</screen>
+<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>
+</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences
+</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url='http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instructions on backports.org
+</ulink>.
+</para>
+<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you need to update manually.
+</para>
</section>
<section>
hooks/post-receive
--
debian-edu-doc.git (Debian package debian-edu-doc)
This is an automated email from the git hooks/post-receive script. It was
generated because a ref change was pushed to the repository containing
the project "debian-edu-doc.git" (Debian package debian-edu-doc).
More information about the debian-edu-commits
mailing list